Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA » Band 27 » Heft 3 » 193-288 « München, 01. November 2004 * ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Okologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion — Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung — Managing Editor G. Haszprunar M. Baehr Redaktionsbeirat — Editorial board M. Baehr G. Haszprunar R. Melzer K. Schönitzer E.-G. Burmeister A. Hausmann J. Reichholf M. Schrödl J. Diller M. Kotrba B. Ruthensteiner A. Segerer F. Glaw R. Kraft S. Schmidt Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungs- Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and exemplare sind zu senden an die review copies of books should be addressed to Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 This journal is fully refereed by external reviewers. Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana : Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 2004 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — All rights reserved. £ No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany. ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany — Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany Tel. +49-(0)89-742827-0 — Fax +49-(0)89-7242772 — E-Mail: info@pfeil-verlag.de - www.pfeil-verlag.de SPIXIANA 193-197 NER ISSN 0341-8391 Ascidians from Peru Karen Sanamyan & Dirk Schories Sanamayan, K. & D. Schories (2004): Ascidians from Peru. — Spixiana 27/3: 193-197 Among four species of Ascidiacea identified in the material collected by SCUBA divers in Peru, two are cosmopolitan, one is a widely distributed Pacific species, and one, Aplidium peruvianum, spec. nov., is described as new. Large colonies of Aplidi- um peruvianum constitute one of the most significant components of the benthic communities of wave exposed sublittoral rocky hard bottoms on the Ballestas Islands, Paracas. Karen Samayan, Kamchatka Branch of the Pacific Institute of Geography, Parti- zanskaya 6, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, 683000, Russia; e-mail: karen@sanamyan.com Dr. Dirk Schories, University of Rostock, Albert-Einstein-Str. 3, D-18051 Rostock, Germany; e-mail: dirk.schories@gmx.de Introduction Ascidians from coastal waters of Peru are virtually unknown. In August 2002 Thetis IBN (Germany) organized an expedition to the Paracas National Reserve of Peru and several specimens of ascidians were collected by SCUBA diving. Two of the newly recorded species, Ciona intestinalis (Linnaeus, 1767) and Diplosoma listerianum (Milne-Edwards, 1841), are cosmopolitan, one, Botrylloides perspicuum Herd- man, 1886, is widely distributed in tropical and temperate Pacific waters, and one, Aplidium peruvia- num, spec. nov, is one of the most common species observed on the open coast of Paracas, especially near Ballestas Islands. This species dominates ben- thic rocky communities in depths of 5-10 m. It was found frequently along the open coast in areas with strong wave exposure, where it competes for space with balanid barnacles. The species was never found deeper than 10 m; however sampling was restricted to (1) the Ballestas Islands and (2) sheltered bays of the Paracas Penninsula. Unfavorable conditions, especially heavy wave exposure precluded collect- ing at many locations. This species occurs in two different colours, a white form and a pink or red form. It has large, sometimes up to 1 m? characteris- tic colonies allowing easy recognition of the species in the field and on underwater photographs. All other newly recorded species were found at depths between 1 and 3 m in Laguna Grande, a sheltered lagoon of Paracas Peninsula. Description of species Aplidium peruvianum, spec. nov. (Figs 1, 5) Types. Holotype: KIE 1/1121, 17 August 2002, Peru, Paracas, San Gallan Island. — Paratypes: KIE 2/1122, 17 August 2002, Peru, Paracas, San Gallän Island. Types are in Kamchatka Branch of the Pacific Institute of Geogra- phy. Description Colonies are robust, large and thick. Examined col- onies were about 6x 4 cm (surface dimensions) and 1 to 2 cm thick, but underwater photographs show much larger specimens. They are attached to rocky substratum by the whole basal surface. Colonies are ridged and folded and have wide but usually low, irregular and fusing lobes. Zooids are in small, most- ly circular or oval, systems opening into the base of test depressions that are separated from one anoth- er by wide and smooth surface ridges. The depres- sions are usually relatively deep and clearly visible 193 ’ — Fr Figs 1,2. Aplidium peruvianum, spec. nov. Colonies (photos by D. Schories). 194 Fig. 3. Botrylloides perspicuum Herdman, 1886 (photos by Y. Hooker). b 0.5 mm Fig.5. Aplidium peruvianum, spec.nov. (a)zooid; (b) lar- va. 196 to the naked eye on both preserved and living colo- nies, but occasionally they are poorly developed and a part of the colony surface could be almost level. Each system consists of a single ring of zooids and has one central cloacal orifice, almost sessile or on a short siphon. Sometimes adjacent systems are joined and such joined systems may have two, rare- ly three cloacal openings. In preservative the test is firmand opaque white. However photographs of living specimens show two colour varieties, one white and one red; the latter with bright red zooids and pink or sometimes almost white test ridges around them, giving the colony a very characteristic spotted appearance. Both colour varieties occasionally occur in close contact with each other (Fig. 1). Surface and internal test never have either adherent or embedded sand or other foreign matter. Contracted zooids are from 2.5 to 5 mm long. In rare relaxed zooids the thorax is long and narrow, but in most zooids it is contracted and the same length as the abdomenThorax and abdomen togeth- er are2 mm long. The short branchial siphon has six lobes; the atrial aperture is small, usually on a short siphon, with a short, simple atrial languet arising from its upper margin. About 15-20 relatively thick longitudinal muscles are on each side of the thorax and extend in two bands along each side of the abdomen and the posterior abdomen. Stigmata are in 12 or 13 rows of about 10 per row. A short,wide and symmetrical stomach halfway down the abdo- men has 14 or 15 deep, but not very regular and sometimes interrupted longitudinal folds. The ova- ry is in anterior part of the postabdomen, just be- hind the gut loop. Large testis follicles, in a double row, occupy nearly whole length of the postabdo- men. A well developed tailed larva and up to three embryos are in the atrial cavity of many zooids. The larval trunk is 0.75 mm long. Three antero-median adhesive organs alternate with single short conical median papillae, each with a with a clusters of epi- dermal vesicles branching off into the larval test between the apertures. Epidermal vesicles also branch from a dorsal and a ventral epidermal am- pulla on the median line respectively dorsal and ventral to the adhesive organs. These epidermal vesicles are not numerous and are relatively large. Remarks. The characteristic colony of this species allows easy identification both in the field and in underwater photographs. Several colonial ascidian species belonging to different genera and families have similar colonies: Botryllus closionis Monniot, 2001, Eudistoma reginum Kott, 1990 (see photographs in Monniot and Monniot 1996, Pl. 5C,D), Lissoclinum patella (Gottschaldt, 1898) (see Kott 2001, Pl. 19H) and Synoicum castellatum Kott, 1992. Tropical Aplidium gelasinum Kott, 1992, known from single specimen from the Great Barrier Reef appears to have a similar colony and zooids, but has more rows ofsstigmata (16) and stomach folds (16-18) and the atrial lip sometimes has three points. The larva of this species not known and conspecificity with the present species is unlikely. Among other Aplidium species, with a similar colony the western Pacific A. crateriferum (Sluiter, 1909) differs in its zooids: they have more rows of stigmata (18-21), only five stomach folds, a different position of the atrial languet and a larger larva. The larva of the present species is reminiscent those of A. caelestis Monniot, 1987, A. distaplium Kott, 1992, A. macrolo- batum Kott, 1992, A. filiforme Kott, 1992 and other species, all with different colonies and zooids. Diplosoma listerianum (Milne-Edwards, 1841) Diplosoma listerianum: Kott 2001: 339 (description and extensive list of synonyms). Material examined: 20 August 2002, Peru, Paracas, La- guna Grande, 1 colony. Remarks. The species is truly cosmopolitan, record- ed from tropical and temperate waters of Pacific, Atlantic and Indian Oceans and the Mediterranean and North Seas (Kott, 2001: 340). Ciona intestinalis (Linnaeus, 1767) Ciona intestinalis: Hoshino & Nishikawa, 1985: 63 (full synonymy). Material examined: 20 August 2002, Peru, Paracas, La- guna Grande, 1 specimen. 5 Remarks. This is one of the most widely distribut- ed, almost cosmopolitan ascidian species especially abundant along coasts of northern Europe where it often forms large populations of hundreds and thou- sands of specimens. It is recorded also in the Medi- terranean Sea, Atlantic coasts of North America, parts of the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of South America (where it is not abundant), California, Ha- waii, South Africa, Australia, New Zealand, and Japan. Botrylloides perspicuum Herdman, 1886 Fig. 3 Botrylloides perspicuum Herdman, 1886: 45; Kott 1985: 278 (synonymy), Sanamyan 1999: 1860. Botryllus perspicuus: Monniot & Monniot, 2001: 313. Botryllus firmus Monniot & Monniot, 1996: 238. Material examined: 20 August 2002, Peru, Paracas, La- guna Grande, 3 colonies. Remarks. The species shows great range of colour variations. Underwater photos of the present spec- imens show red and bluish colonies. Botrylloides perspicuum was previously recorded from the Red Sea, Indonesia, the Philippines, Papua New Guinea and from the waters around Australia, including Tasmania. Acknowledgements Our sincere thanks to Yuri Hooker at the Natural Histo- ry Museum, Univ. Nacional Mayor de San Marcos, Lima, Peru. The expedition has received the generous technical support of the National Institute of Natural Resources (INRENA, Lima, Peru), the Marine Institute of Peru (IMARPE), the National Antarctic Institute of Peru (INANPE) and the National Council of Science and Technology (CONCYTEC), Peru. References Herdman, W. A. 1886. Report on the Tunicata collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876, part 2, Ascidiae compositae. — Re- port of the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76 14(38): 1-399 Hoshino, Z. & T. Nishikawa 1985. Taxonomic studies of Ciona intestinalis (L.) and its allies. — Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 30: 61-79 Kott, P. 1985. The Australian Ascidiacea part 1, Phlebo- branchia and Stolidobranchia. - Mem. Queensland Mus. 23: 1-440 -- 2001. The Australian Ascidiacea Part 4, Aplouso- branchia (3), Didemnidae. -— Mem. Queensland Mus. 47(1), 1-407 Monniot, F. & C. Monniot 1996. New collections of ascid- ians from the Western Pacific and Southeastern Asia. — Micronesica 29(2): 133-279 -- & -- 1996. Ascidians from the tropical western Pacific. - Zoosystema 23(2): 201-383 Sanamyan, K & N. Sanamyan, 1999. Some benthic Tuni- cata from the southern Indo-Pacific Ocean. - ]J. Nat. Hist. 33: 1835-1876 Buchbesprechungen 68. Morön, M. A. (ed.): Atlas de los escarabajos de Mexi- co. Coleoptera: Lamellicornia. Vol. II. Familias Sca- rabaeidae, Trogidae, Passalidae y Lucanidae. - arga- nia edtitio, Barcelona, 2003. 227 S., zahlr. SW-Abb,, 12 Farbtaf. ISBN 84-931847-5-6. Dieses opulent aufgemachte und ausgestattete Buch ist mehr als ein Atlas, es ist eigentlich eine Monographie eines Teiles der mexikanischen Blatthornkäfer im weite- ren Sinn, da es auch die Passalidae (Zuckerkäfer) und Lucanidae (Hirschkäfer) einschließt. Es ist der zweite Teil der Bearbeitung dieser großen Käfergruppe für Mexiko, und wie im ersten Teil waren mehrere Autoren beteiligt, allesamt die führenden Spezialisten für diese Käfergruppe in der Neotropischen Region. Auf eine kurze Einführung folgt sogleich die Be- handlung der Gattungen und Arten, die jeweils in einer kurzen Diagnose vorgestellt sind. Die Verbreitung der Arten in Mexiko wird diskutiert und ist in Punktkarten dargestellt. Ein recht ausführliches Literaturverzeichnis, sowie ein Artenindex und ein Schlagwortindex beschlie- ßen das Buch. Zwei negative und zwei positive Seiten dieses Ban- des mögen hervorgehoben werden, wobei eines der Ne- gativa nur den deutschen Leser stören wird: Das Buch ist — wie es sich eigentlich für einen Atlas der mexikani- schen Fauna gehört - auf Spanisch geschrieben und das wird dem deutschen Benutzer zunächst einige Schwie- rigkeiten bereiten. Man kann sich aber daran gewöhnen! Wichtiger ist jedoch, daß auf Bestimmungsschlüssel ver- zichtet wurde. Sicher hätte dies den Umfang beträchtlich vergrößert und es lag vielleicht auch nicht im Sinn der Autoren, es ist aber trotzdem ein Mangel, den auch die Positiva dieses Buches nicht ganz beheben können. Die- se sind die außerordentlich guten Schwarzweißabbil- dungen vieler Arten und morphologischer Merkmale im Text und die auf insgesamt zwölf Tafeln versammelten ungewöhnlich gelungenen Farbfotos von etwa 85 weite- ren Arten. Das macht diesen Band - neben seinen ande- ren Qualitäten — dann doch noch zu einer Art Bestim- mungsbuch, das demjenigen eine große Hilfe ist, der sich mit mexikanischen Tieren aus den behandelten, bei Sammlern sehr beliebten Käfergruppen beschäftigt. Die hohe Qualität dieses Atlas rechtfertigt daher auch den nicht gerade niedrigen Preis dieses sehr schönen Bandes. M. Baehr 69. Vasquez, X. A.: European Fauna of Oedemeridae (Coleoptera). — argania editio, Barcelona. 2002, 179 pp-, numerous figures., 27 colour plates. ISBN 84-931847-4-8 This is a very valuable monograph about one of the smaller European beetle families, members of which, however, are very common visitors of various flowers. The approximate 80 species and a number of additional subspecies do not seem to put difficulties to the determi- nator, but, due to many synonymies, species of the larger 198 genera up to date they are not easily identified. There- fore, acomprehensive monograph like the present one is very useful, the more as this book is distinguished through its logical structure and easy use. The good keys to genera and species facilitate identification very much, all species are shortly characterized and described, their range in Europe is figured in maps, their habitat prefer- ence is pictured with a symbol, and their period of activ- ity is shown in a plain diagram. A bibliography of almost 200 items, an extensive list of synonymies, a taxonomic index, and plain figures of various morphological char- acters are added. On 27 colour plates all European spe- cies are figured. Although some photographs are rather faint and others have a touch of blue, they are neverthe- less highly informative and much facilitate recognition of species. Hence, this monograph is very useful and should belong in the library of all collectors of beetles, in particular of those who work on flower visiting and wood inhabiting species, and also of those who do fau- nistic-environmental research. M. Baehr 70. Williams, D. M. & P. L. Forey (Eds.): Milestones in Systematics. The Systematic Association Special Vo- lume Series 67. - CRC Press, Boca Raton, London, New York, Washington, D.C., 2004. 290 pp. ISBN 0-415-28032-X. “Nothing in Biology makes sense without the assump- tion of evolutionary history” - this is also true for sys- tematics as a discipline. To understand the past is a necessary prerequisite to make sense of the future. The various authors of “Milestones in Systematics” present their historical analyses as reviews of the major issues in systematics theory and practice of the 20" century. The editors are to be congratulated to bring together theoret- ical systematists with historians. The major goal of this book: it highlights the historical development of phylogenetic methodology (in its broad- est sense including e.g., phenetics or numerical taxono- my) and the associated computer algorithms and soft- ware packages. In addition, also the changing influence and significance of the fossil record and palaeontological techniques are outlined. Finally, the impact of molecular data and the varying relationships between systematics, development (evo-devo), and evolutionary biology throu- ghout the times are critically reviewed and commented. This is a book by experts for experts and provides a platform for further debate and discussion. I found the chapter by Wolfgang Wägele on Hennigs methodology (compared with pattern cladistics) of particular interest and of high importance for current discussions in Ger- many or better mid-Europe. The negative point: the print- ing quality does not fulfil the expectation with regard to the price of the volume. Nevertheless, I recommend the book for libraries and experts in the field - they will find many interesting historical facts and issues to be consid- ered in theoretical systematics. G. Haszprunar SPIXIANA 199-204 Mon Never ISSN 0341-8391 Description of the male and illustration of the female receptacula of Yamia watasei Kishida, 1920 (Arachnida, Araneae, Theraphosidae, Selenocosmiinae) Joachim Haupt & Günter Schmidt Haupt, J. & G. Schmidt (2004): Description of the male and illustration of the female receptacula of Yamia watasei Kishida, 1920 (Arachnida, Araneae, Theraphosi- dae, Selenocosmiinae). — Spixiana 27/3: 199-204 Two males and two females of Yamia watasei Kishida, 1920 were collected on the island of Lanyu (Taiwan). The male (neotype) is described for the first time and the female receptacula are depicted. After comparison with similar species of the region which lack a tibial spur, the genus Yamia is newly defined and its relation is discussed. Neochilobrachys mutus and Baccallbrapo bundokalbo belong to the genus Yamia, as well. As far as no adult males are known, the systematic position of Phlogiellus baeri and Phlogiellus insularis remains unclear. Dr. Joachim Haupt, Technische Universität Berlin, Institut für Ökologie, FR 1-1, Franklinstr. 28/29, D-10587 Berlin Dr. Günter Schmidt, Von-Kleist-Weg 4, D-21407 Deutsch Evern Introduction The description of a female of Yamia watasei by Kishida (1920) was overlooked by Roewer (1942). Brignoli (1983) listed the species, but Raven (1985) referring to Bonnet (1959) and followed by Huber et al. (1996) considered it being a nomen nudum, although Kishidas description exists and it also al- lowed to find the species at the locus typicus. In the opinion of Song et al. (1999) Yamia watasei is a spe- cies inquirenda. According to Platnick (2003) it is a nomen dubium. Apparently, in Taiwan itself never any doubt occured about Yamia watasei as it appears in all faunal lists (Chen 1996, Kayashima 1943, Li 1964, Zhu & Okuma 1975). One of the authors (]J.H.) raised two males of this species from juveniles collected at the locus typicus in Lanyu, Taiwan in 2000. Because the fe- male type of this species deposited in the Museum of the Zoological Institute, College of Science, Impe- rial University of Tokyo, was destroyed during the second world war, the designation of aneotype and a description of the species under contemporary taxonomic aspects was necessary. Generally, the smaller and unconspicuous Thera- phosids are fairly unknown. The reason may be rather simple, in the face of impressive large thera- phosid spiders nobody pays much interest to the small ones. In this situation, we hope to add some clarification instead of increasing the mess and we suggest that different from the past practice, no single female in this group should be described as a new species without having the appropriate male, as well. Material and methods Investigations were carried out with a Wild M3 stereo- scopic microscope equipped with a drawing prism and a magnification lens (Novoflex) allowing magnifications up to 80x. Besides two males and two females of Yamia watasei collected in Lanyu (portugese name Botel Toba- go, japanese name Kötösho) (Taiwan) the following type material was studied for comparison: Phlogiellus baeri (Simon, 1877) (adult female during moulting) and Phlo- giellus insularis (Simon, 1877) (juvenile male?, juvenile), Neochilobrachys mutus Giltay, 1835 (adult female, sub- adult female) and Chilobrachys samarae Giltay, 1935, as 199 well as Ischnocolus inermis Ausserer, 1871. Receptacula, tarsal claws of leg I and IV, the eye tubercle, the palpal organ, spines on the metatarsus as well as scopulae of tarsi and metatarsi were studied. Reference specimens are deposited in the collections of Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) (15, neotype), 1? paratype) and in the Museum of Natural History in Taichung (Taiwan) (NHTG) (13 paratype, 12 paratype). Diagnosis of the genus Yamia Small theraphosid spider lacking stridulation brist- les. A tibial spur is absent. A third claw present at tarsus IV. Denticles (cuspules) present on ‘labium’ and ventral side of pedipalpal basipods. The eye tubercle is situated close to the anterior margin of the prosomal shield (‘carapace’) which means that a ‘clypeus’ is only narrow or even absent. Anterior eyes in almost straight row or slightly procurved. The palpal organ, although bulbous in its middle part, is characterized by a distinct keel running from the bulb along the embolus. Yamia watasei Kishida, 1920 (Japanese name: Watasegumo) Figs 1-7 Yamia watasei: Kayashima (1943). Yamia watasei: Li (1964). Yamia watasei: Zhu & Okuma (1975). Yamia watasei: Chen (1996). Types. Neotype: d, Yongchin farm, Yeyin village, Lan- yu island, Taiwan, 2000-VIII-07, J. Haupt leg. (ZSM). Additional material from neotype locality: 1? (ZSM), 13, 1? (MNHT), Yongchin farm, Yeyin village, Lanyu island, Taiwan, 2000-VIII-07, J. Haupt leg. Diagnosis.. Male with twisted keel along embolus, undivided scopulae on metatarsi and tarsi of legs I-IIL, scopulae on metatarsi and tarsi of leg IV divid- ed by numerous long bristles. Female with divided scopulae on all legs. Tarsal trichobothrial shafts part- ly bulbous, while trichobothrial shafts on metatar- sus and tibia are long and thin. Receptacula broad at base with simple rounding apically. Description Male neotype. Measurements. Total length 12.7 mm, dorsal prosomal shield 6.5x5.2 mm. Length (mm) of palpal and leg articles: 200 femur patella tibia meta- tarsus total tarsus palp 38 1.7 2.6 — 13 9.0 leg I 5.2 Sl 4.2 3.6 29 a leg II 4.8 DT, 3 38 2.6 170 lest 3.9 2.3 2.5 SED 2.3 g1A5 lee1V 5:5 2.6 4.6 4.9 2.002202 Eye tubercle (Fig. 1) 0.53x0.61 mm. Diameters of the eyes and their separation (mm): AME 0.25, AME-AME 0.14, ALE 0.33, AME-ALE 0.05, PME 0.22, PME-PME 0.53, AME-PME 0.11, PLE 0.28, PME- PLE 0.04, ALE-PLE 0.11. Colour. Totally greyish brown, except for dark pigment around eyes. Dorsal prosomal shield (‘carapace’). Cephalic area higher than thoracic area, fovea almost straight, slightly procurved, distinct space between eye tu- bercle and anterior margin of dorsal prosomal shield, first row of eyes almost straight, second row slight- ly recurved. Ventral prosomal plate (‘sternum’) (Fig. 2), widest between basipods II and III, sparsely clothed with short hairs. Two pairs of sigilla, the first pair opposite basipods Il, marginal, the second pair opposite basipods II, more remote from the margin than its lower diameter. ‘Labium’ wider than long, numerous denticles (cuspules) occupy- ing more than apical third of it, denticles also on the medioventral side of the pedipalpal basipods (‘max- illae’). Chelicerae, as well as prolateral side of pedi- palpal basipods lacking stridulatory organ. Promar- gin of chelicerae with 9 teeth. ° Legs. Formula IV, I, IL, III. Tarsal trichobothrial shafts partly bulbiform, those of metatarsi and tibi- ae all setiform. No tibial spur present. Scopulae: All tarsi and metatarsi fully scopulated, scopulae of metatarsi and tarsi ofleg IV divided by long bristles (Fig. 3). Tarsi of all legs with two claws, these with 0-2 median teeth, third claw on tarsus IV rather small (Fig. 4). Spination: Metatarsus III with two dorsolateral subterminal spines, metatarsus IV with one retrolateral, subterminal spine. Palpal organ. Bulb almost globular, without dis- tinct hook, embolus curved, with distinct longitudi- nal keel twisted around the embolus (Figs 5, 6). Opisthosoma 6.1 mm long, 3.6 mm wide. Poste- rior spinnerets: proximal article 1.05, middle article 0.7, distal article 1.4, total length 3.15. Colour grey- ish brown. - Female from neotype locality. Same as male, recep- tacula (Fig. 7) one pair, bulbous, basally thickened. Scopulae on ventral side of pedipalpal tarsi, tarsi and metatarsi of legs I-IV all divided by rows of long setae. > RT ‘ NPK a WET] r, zuazlı,a DL uns = Een y x 4 a yı in je 44 4 + lmm Figs 1-7. Yamia watasei. 1. Eye tubercle of male neotype. 2. ‘Labium’ and ventral prosomal plate (‘sternum'). 3. Left fourth leg, ventral view with divided scopulae on tarsus and metatarsus. 4. Claws of 4" leg. 5-6. Left palpal organ in prolateral (5) and retrolateral (6) view. Note the divided tarsus and the twisted keel around the embolus. 7. Receptacula in dorsal aspect. Fig. 8. Receptacula of Yamia muta. Fig. 9. Receptacula of Phlogiellus baeri. 201 Distinction to Yamia muta by shape of the recep- tacula (Figs 7, 8). Anterior eyes of this species slight- ly procurved, posterior eyes almost straight, fovea slightly procurved, numerous denticles (cuspules) on ‘labium’ and pedipalpal basipods present, pos- terior pair of sigilla remote from margin, basal arti- cle of chelicerae with 10/9 teeth, respectively, strid- ulation organ lacking, tarsal scopulae I-II not divid- ed, tarsal scopulae III divided by tworows ofbristles, metatarsus lacking scopula, scopulae of tarsus and metatarsus IV divided by several rows of setae. Unfortunately, the male of this species is still un- known. Distinction to Yamia bundokalbo by shape of pal- pal organ, which has a large keel on the bulb and by the shape of the receptacula which are not thick- ened basally (Barrion & Litsinger 1995: fig. 5q). Natural history. Yamia wataseiislocally rather abun- dant, apparently living stenoecous in shadowy for- ests which are close to natural conditions. It prefers to build the entrance to its subterraneous system of silk tubes under stones, apparently in order to avoid direct access of rain water. The soil must be moist. Prey consists mostly of insects seeking shelter un- der stones. After catching such prey which touched the silken mouth of a tube’s entrance, the spider returns back into the tube system. Discussion When Kishida (1920) described Yamia watasei, he had considerable difficulties where to place it, and finally he created a new tribus Yamieae which would be a subfamily Yamiinae today. The reason for such taxonomic difficulties still exists, because the way of classifying is still the same (Simon 1892, Gravely 1915). The subfamilies Ischnocolinae and Seleno- cosmiinae are distinguished by characters like keeled embolus not present in Ischnocolinae (exception: Plesiophrictus according to Smith 1990) and the posi- tion of sigilla (more distant from the margin of the ‘sternum’ in Selenocosmiinae). A conspicuous char- acter is the presence of a stridulatory organ, the existence of which in Theraphosids was first de- scribed by Pocock (1895). It divides several sub- families, like the Selenocosmiinae, Theraphosinae, Harpactirinae, Aviculariinae. Certain characters do not seem to be very useful for classification: Simon (1892, followed by Raven 1985) used the division of tarsal and metatarsal scopulae to distinguish different genera. Males and females of the same species could end up in differ- ent groups because their scopulae show considera- ble differences (Barrion & Litsinger 1995 and present species). Pocock (1897) already stated that ‘the clas- sification of the Theraphosidae according to the di- vision of scopulae is purely artificial and valueless’, even though Smith (1990) again used this character as one of several to distinguish different genera. Thus we are left with the morphology of sexual organs. In many cases the palpal organ may offer more characters than the theraphosid receptacula, but not in all cases the male has been described. As a distinguishing character between Ischnocolinae and Selenocosmiinae we preliminarily propose the more or less deep division of the male pedipalpal tarsus, and the absence or presence of a keel on the palpal organ. In this place we do not want to enter a wider discussion, because only newly collected material of both sexes and possibly the help of molecular biology may elucidate problems of classification and cladistics in this group of spiders. In the classical way the genus Yamia has to be placed in the Selenocosmiinae without stridulation organs, a group distinguished by Gravely (1915) and Schmidt (1999). When Giltay (1935) described his new species Neochilobrachys mutus, he stated that ‘... se distingue des autres especes du genre Neochi- lobrachys par la reduction extreme de l’organe strid- ulatoire.” But when studying the type material, it becomes obvious that the so-called stridulation or- gan which Giltay stated to be ‘reduit a 1 seul bäton- net’, consists of nothing but one normal, relatively small seta which although a little bit longer than the few setae in the neighbourhood lacks all special differentiations of setae from a stridulatory organ. This means Neochilobrachys mutus lacks a stridulato- ry organ and was certainly misplaced in this genus. Herewith we transfer this species to the genus Ya- mia. The genus Braccallbrapo established on the occa- sion of the description of B. bundokalbo readily fits to Yamia. Therefore it is considered a junior synonym of this genus. It had been considered being a syno- nym of Phlogiellus by Raven (2000). The types of Phlogiellus baeri and Phlogiellus in- sularis were considered to belong to this genus by Simon (1897, p. 955) within the Selenocosmiinae. Characters of both species are summarized here: Phlogiellus baeri: Eye tubercle close to anterior margin of dorsal prosomal plate, anterior eyes pro- curved, posterior eyes recurved, ALE very large, fovea deep, slightly procurved, numerous denticles (cuspules) on the ‘labium’ and the pedipalpal basi- pods, receptacula bipartite (Fig. 9), posterior pair of sigillae remote from margin, basal articles of both chelicerae with 10 teeth, no stridulatory organ, tar- sal and metatarsal scopulae I divided by small setae, II: tarsal scopulae divided by several rows of setae, metarsal scopulae divided by a few irregular, small setae, II and IV: tarsal scopulae divided by several rows of setae, in metatarsi setae irregular, posterior article of lateral spinnerets rather long. Phlogiellus insularis: Eye tubercle close to anteri- or margin of dorsal prosomal plate, anterior eyes weekly procurved, AME very large, almost touch- ing each other, posterior eyes recurved, fovea dis- tinctly procurved, numerous denticles (cuspules) on ‘labium’ and pedipalpal basipods, posterior pair of sigillae remote from margin, basal articles of che- licerae (both sides) with 9 teeth, stridulatory organ lacking, tarsal scopulae I undivided, II divided by 2 rows of setae and several additional setae, III and IV divided by several rows of setae, metatarsal scopu- lae IV only divided in distal part. No receptacula were found in the big specimen, the small one (‘male’) is a rather young juvenile. Although both species belong to the Selenocosmiinae, we consider them as incertae sedis, as the males are unknown. Phlogiellus inermis could not be studied in detail: the left palpal organ may have been lost when the specimen was still alive, as the pedipalpal basipod is distally dark brown, while the right palpal organ had been cut off, lateron. Unfortunately it was lack- ing. But the palpal organ of this species is illustrated by Simon (1903, p. 953). Zoogeographic considerations The island of Lanyu is of volcanic origin dating back to Miocene-Pliocene volcanism (Pelletier & Stephan 1986) and it forms part of a volcanic arc which also includes the Batan Islands. Therefore, all species living there must have reached the island since that time or they were introduced by man. Some species are not likely to travel over the sea, although the prevailing sea current is in northern direction. While the whipscorpion Typopeltis crucifer e.g. occurs in Taiwan itself and in Lanyu (Haupt & Song 1996, Haupt 1997), Yamia watasei is limited to Lanyu and has never been found in Taiwan itself. Since the early thirties of last century itis known that the indigenous Yami population obviously moved north to Lanyu, and there are still close linguistic connections to the Batan Islands in the northern Philippines (Utsurikawa 1931, West 1995). Therefore, it seems likely that Yamia watasei has been introduced to Lanyu from the Philippines by Yami people together with roots to be planted. Many biotopes in Lanyu have undergone considerable change during the past 60 years, therefore, it is unlikely to find out whether Yamia watasei has ever been more wide spread in this island. Acknowledgements We are most grateful to Christine Rollard (Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris), Leon Baert (Natu- urwetenschappen, Brüssel) and Jürgen Gruber (Natur- historisches Museum Wien) for providing type material of Selenocosmiinae and Ischnocolinae, to S. Huber and ]J.-P. Rudloff for valuable discussions and to I-Min Tso and K. Miyazaki for providing literature not available in Europe. We also thank W. Roloff for carrying out the illustrations. References Barrion, A. T. & J. A. Litsinger 1995. Riceland spiders of south and southeast Asia, pp. 1-700.- CAB Interna- tional, Wallingford Bonnet, P. 1955-1959. Bibliographia araneorum. vol. 2: 1-5058. — Douladoure, Toulouse Brignoli, P. 1983. A catalogue of the araneae described between 1940 and 1981. pp. 1-755. — Manchester University Press, Manchester, New Hampshire Chen, S. H. 1996. A checklist of spiders in Taiwan (chi- nese). - Ann. Taiwan Mus. 39: 123-156 Giltay, L. 1935. Liste des arachnides d’extreme orient et des Indes orientales. — Bull. Mus. roy. Hist. Nat. Belg. 11(20): 1-15 Gravely, F. H. 1915. Notes on Indian mygalomorph spi- ders. — Rec. Indian Mus. Calcutta 11: 257-287 Haupt, J. 1997. A self-made taxonomic character in whip scorpions (Arachnida, Uropygi: Thelyphonida). — Proc. 16 Europ. Coll. Arachnol. 107-111 -- &D. Song 1996. Revision of East Asian whip scor- pions (Arachnida Uropygi Thelyphonida). I. China and Japan. — Arthropoda Selecta 5: 43-52 Huber, S., R. Samm & G. Schmidt 1996. Theraphosidae der Welt. - Arachnol. Mag. 42: 1-64 Kayashima, I. 1943. Spiders of Taiwan (japanese). 70 p. - Totoshoseki kabushiki kaisha, Tokyo Kishida, K. 1920. Notes on Yamia watasei, anew spider of the family Aviculariidae. - Zool. Mag. 32: 299-307 Li, €. L. 1964. Spiders of Taiwan (chinese). 113 p. — Ta- chiang Publ., Taipei Pelletier, B. & J. F. Stephan1986. Middle Miocene obduc- tion and late Miocene beginning of collision regis- tered in the Hengchun Peninsula: Geodynamic implication for the evolution of Taiwan. — Mem. Geol. Soc. China 7: 301-324 Platnick, N. I. 2003. The world spider catalog, pp- 1-673. —- Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York Pocock, R. I. 1895. Musical boxes in spiders. — Nat. Hist. 6: 44-50 -- 1897. Spinnen (Araneae). -— Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges. 23: 591-629 Raven, R. 1985. The spider infraorder Mygalomorphae (Araenae): cladistics and systematics. — Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 182: 1-160 -- 2000. Taxonomica araneae I: Barychelidae, Thera- phosidae, Nemesiidae and Dipluridae (Araneae). — Mem. Queensland Mus. 45: 569-575 203 Roewer, C. F. 1942. Katalog der Araneae von 1758 bis 1940, pp. 1-1040. — Natura, Bremen Schmidt, G. E. W. 1999. Selenocosmiinae ohne Stridula- tionsorgane. — Arachnida-Post 7(34): 94-96 Smith, A. M. 1990. Baboon spiders. Tarantulas of Africa and the Middle East, 142 pp. - Fitzgerald, London Simon, E. 1877. Arachnides recueillis aux iles Philip- pines par MM. G.-A. Baer et Laglaise. - Ann. Soc. Ent. France (5)7: 91-92 -- 1892-1903. Histoire naturelle des araignees I-IV, 1084 pp. - Librairie Encyclopedique de Roret: Paris Song, D., M. Zhu & J. Chen 1999. The spiders of China, pp- 1-640. — Hebei Science and Technology Publish- ing House, Shijiazhuang 204 Utsurikawa, N. 1931. The natives of Botel Tobago and their relationship with those of the Batan Archipel- ago - tradition and fact. (japanese). - Nanpo Do- zoku 1: 15-37 West, A. 1995. Yami: introduction and word list. in: D.T. Tryon (ed.). Comparative austronesian dictionary: an introduction to Austronesian studies. part 1(1): 315-320. — Trends in linguistics. Documentation 10. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin & New York Zhu, Y. & C. Okuma 1975. Spiders of Taiwan (chinese). — Taiwan State Museum, Nat. sci. ed. 17: 29-49 SPIXIANA 205-246 Voneben Never ISSN 0341-8391 The genus Lebia Latreille in the Australian-Papuan Region (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae) Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (2004). The genus Lebia Latreille in the Australian-Papuan Region (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae). — Spixiana 27/3: 205-246 Three species of the genus Lebia Latreille related to Lebia karenia Bates, from New Guinea and Sulawesi; ten species related to Lebia papuensis Macleay, from Sulawesi, New Guinea, New Ireland, New Britain, Solomon Islands, and northern Australia; one species related to L. calycophora Schmidt-Göbel, from northern Australia; and two peculiar species of uncertain relationships from northeastern Australia, are described as new: L. darlingtoniana and L. fallaciosa, both from New Guinea, and L. brisbanensis from southeastern Queensland; L. trivittata and L. adusta from Su- lawesi, L. gemina, L. subglabra, and L. permutata from New Guinea, L. inornata from Salawati Island, L. laticollis from North Queensland, L. atripennis from New Ireland, L. novabritannica from New Britain, L. salomona from Bougainville Island; L. sedlaceki from northern Australia; and L. foveipennis and L. monteithi from northern Australia. The synonymy of L. papuensis Macleay, 1876 with L. papuella Darlington, 1968, proposed by Moore (Moore et al. 1987) is demonstrated to be incorrect by examina- tion of the types of both species. The synonymy of L. papuensis Macleay, 1876 and L. picipennis (Maclay, 1871) is likewise incorrect due to differences in the morphol- ogy of the male genitalia of both species. Because L. picipennis (Macleay, 1871) is a junior homonyme of L. picipennis Motschulsky, 1864, the new name L. australica is proposed for this species. For L. australica a lectotype is designated. The taxonomic status of L. insularum Darlington is fixed based on the examina- tion of the male genitalia. The New Guinean species L. cordifer Darlington is firstly recorded from northern Australia and the male genitalia are examined and figured. The remaining species L. bicolor (Sloane) and L. melanonota Chaudoir from Aus- tralia, and L. barda Darlington, L. endynomena Darlington, and L. externa Darlington, all from New Guinea, are confirmed based on the examination of types. Both Australian species are widespread and very distinctive through their conspicuous colour patterns. The New Guinean L endynomena and L. externa are easily identified by the angulate external angle of their elytra. Hence, these four species are not mentioned further but are included in the key. Only L. barda is more difficult to distinguish from related species, therefore, its male genitalia are dissected and figured. A key for all known Australian and Papuan species of the genus Lebia is provid- ed. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Martin.Baehr@zsm.mwn.de 205 Introduction In the course of determination of samples of ground beetles from New Guinea, New Britain, and New Ireland, collected by Dr. A. Riedel (Karlsruhe), A. Weigel (Pößneck), and during a canopy fogging survey carried out by ©. Missa (Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles, Bruxelles, IRSNB), a variety of species of the carabid genus Lebia s. |. Latreille were found of which only few species could be identified using Darlington’s (1968) key to the New Guinean species. In the course of identification, additional specimens loaned from Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra (ANIC), B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu (BMH), Department of Primary Indus- tries, Mareeba (DPIM), Queensland Museum, Bris- bane (QMB), and South Australian Museum, Ade- laide (SAMA) were included in the survey. Although the genus Lebia (sensu lato) probably is one of the largest genera within Carabidae, in the Papuan-Australian Region it is by far less numerous than in the Oriental Region or in South America. Besides a few very characteristic species, the Pa- puan Region apparently is inhabited mainly by a group of small, extremely similar species that are difficult to distinguish by external morphological characters. Though even in certain conspicuous spe- cies that seemingly are easily identified, it became evident during the present survey that examination of the male genitalia is the best, in some instances even the single way, to distinguish between closely related species. Material and methods Altogether, about 300 specimens were available for this study of which almost 200, however, belong to the close- ly related New Guinean species L. papuella Darlington and L. gemina, spec. nov. and to the Australian species L. australicä, nom. nov. Most other species either seem to be much rarer than these, or they were not yet sampled by appropriate methods. Apparently canopy fogging or beating are very successful means for collecting of Lebia species which in their most part seem to live on leaves and branches in the canopy of rain forest. Due to the kindness of Dr. T. Deuve (Paris), Dr. G. A. Samuelson (Honolulu), and Mr. T. A. Weir (Can- berra), I was able to compare the types of all Lebia species described from Australia and New Guinea except for that of L. cordifer Darlington which is a species well char- acterized by its elytral pattern, and also some types of species from adjacent areas in Southeast Asia. Species of which no additional material was available for this study, or that are sufficiently characterized in the key and are not easily mistaken, are not expliceitly mentioned in this paper. For the taxonomic treatment standard methods were used. The male genitalia were removed from spec- imens soaked for a night in a jar under wet atmosphere, then cleaned for a short while in hot KOH. For examination of the generally fine though taxo- nomically important punctuation and microreticulation of the surface a high quality stereo microscope with up to 64x magnification was used, supported by a lamp of high intensity giving natural light that could be fo- cussed. For exact definition of the microsculpture such light is preferable, because fibre-glass optics substantial- ly change the impression of the surface structures. The habitus photographs were obtained by a digital camera using SPOT Advanced for Windows 3.5 and subsequently were worked with Corel Photo Paint 10. Measurements were taken using a stereo micro- scope with an ocular micrometer. Length has been meas- ured from apex of labrum to apex of elytra. Lengths, therefore, may slightly differ from those of other au- thors. Length of pronotum was measured from the most advanced part of base to the most advanced part of apex. No base/apex ratios of pronotum could be taken, be- cause the anterior angles are evenly rounded in all spe- cies. The measurements and ratios are abbreviated in the following manner: w/lpr w pr/h l/w el w el/pr width/length of prothorax width of prothorax/width of head length/ width of elytra width of elytra/width of prothorax Characters Although colour pattern seems very significant in the patterned species, elytral pattern and colouration may vary to some degree, or, on the other hand, may be very similar in related species. Thus, pattern is not always the best way to distinguish species. In those species that lack a distinct pattern, degree and structure of the microsculp- ture of the surface, in particular on head and pronotum, can be used as differentiating characters. As size and body shape also vary to a considerable degree within species, shape and structure of the male genitalia gener- ally yield the best, in some very similar species the sole useful character for distinction of species, because the aedeagus usually is furnished with a number of sclero- tized plates or teeth-like spurs, the number and location of which is very characteristic for each species. For better comparison, however, measurements and ratios of the respective groups of related species are tabulated below. Abbreviations of collections ANIC Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra BMH _B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu CBM Working collection M. Baehr, München CSH Collection A. Skale, Hof CWP Collection A. Weigel, Pößneck. DPIM Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba Fig. 1. Lebia karenia Bates. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. IRSNB Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles, Bru- xelles QMB Queensland Museum, Brisbane ZSM-CBM Zoologische Staatssammlung, München, as permanent loan in working collection M. Baehr karenia-group A group of rather large Oriental-Papuan species bearing a characteristic cruciate dark elytral pattern on yellow or light reddish ground. Apart from the four species mentioned in present paper, several additional species exist in South and East Asia. Measurements and ratios see table 1. Lebia karenia Bates Figs 1, 22 Lebia karenia Bates, 1892: 32; Csiki 1932: 1325; Darlington 1968: 87; Lorenz 1998: 458. Note. With respect to its apparently unique elytral pattern, L. karenia was recorded by Darlington (1968) for New Guinea. Careful examination of the availa- ble material from New Guinea and Sulawesi, in particular dissection of the male genitalia of all spec- imens, and comparison with L. karenia from main- land Asia revealed, however, that this species does not occur in New Guinea nor in Sulawesi, and more- over that the New Guinean specimens previously assigned to L. karenia belong to two different new species that are extremely similar in their external morphology (size, shape, and colour pattern), but possess quite different male genitalia. Thus, Dar- lington’s records of L. karenia from New Guinea have to be neglected, and this species only occurs in India, Burma, Thailand, and perhaps also further east in mainland Southeast Asia, though apparently neither in Indonesia, nor further south. Diagnosis. Fairly large species, with cruciate black elytral pattern that leaves an elongate subhumeral spot and the wide apical margin yellow. Apart from the differently shaped and structured aedeagus, Table 1. Measurements and ratios of the mentioned species of the karenia-group. N length w/lpr w pr/h l/wel w el/pr karenia 3 6.2-6.8 1.53-1.56 1.22-1.26 1.45-1.54 1.63-1.69 darlingtoniana 8 6.75-8.1 1.51-1.59 1.16-1.22 1.37-1.41 1.78-1.91 brisbanensis 1 8.0 1.61 1819 1.41 1.85 fallaciosa 6 6.2-7.8 1.68-1.71 1.21-1.28 1.34-1.40 1.66-1.76 207 further distinguished from the three new species L. darlingtoniana, L. fallaciosa, and L. brisbanensis by apex of black elytral spot angulate and recurved towards suture; marginal setae of elytra encircled by small, yellow spots (Fig. 21); microreticulation of elytra isodiametric; surface of head microreticulate; and surface of pronotum dull due to coarse microre- ticulation. Supplementary description Measurements (3ex.). Length: 6.2-6.8 mm; width: 2.7-3.1 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.53-1.56; w pr/h: 1.22- 1.26; 1/w el: 1.45-1.54; w el/pr: 1.63-1.69. Male genitalia (Fig. 1). Genital ring elongate, barely asymmettric, rather parallel, with rather wide, convex apex and elongate basis. Aedeagus moder- ately slender and elongate, laterally not widened, barely sinuate, lower surface almost straight, in api- cal third gently concave. Apex elongate, depressed, straight, acute. Orificium moderately elongate. Fold- ing of internal sac complex, with three patches of few sclerotized teeth at bottom, left side, and roof in middle of sac. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere much larger than right one, with triangu- lar apex; right paramere short, rhomboidal. Distribution. Southern mainland Asia from South India to Burma, Thailand, and probably also to Laos and Vietnam. Lebia darlingtoniana, spec. nov. Figs 2, 23, 24 Types. Holotype: 6, Irian Jaya, Jayapura, Sentani, Cy- clops-Mt. 300-500 m, 30.10.1992, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM- CBM). — Paratypes: 1%, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr., Jaya- pura, Cyclops-Mt. 300-450 m, 8.8.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 15, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr., Lereh, 300-550 m, 25.1.1995, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 15, 19, Irian Jaya, So- rong-Pr., Batanta Isl. Waylebet, 0-100 m, 28.X.-2.X1.1996, 8.8.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 235, 42?, W-PAPUA, Raja Ampat Pr. Waywesar/Batanta bor. 0°45'26"S, 130° 46'55"E, 13.1.2004, leg. A. Weigel (CBM, CWP); 1d, W-PAPUA, Raja Ampat Pr. Batanta Isl. bor. Waywesar 0°45'26"S, 130°46'55"E, 12.-15.1.2004, leg. A. Skale UWP (CSH); 13, Sulawesi, Donggala-Bez. Kamaroro, Lore Lindu BP. 13.-18.4.1994, leg. Hiermeier (CBM); 19, C-Sulawesi, Lindu NP, 45 km se. Palu, 01.12'S, 120.08’E, 900 m, 19.-29.12.1994, leg. Hiermeier (CBM); 55J, 422, Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. Sulawesi, Utara, Hogg’s Back (660 m). Sweeping, 23.X.1985, Leg. J. Van Stalle (CBM, IRSNB). Diagnosis. Fairly large species, with cruciate black elytral pattern that leaves an elongate subhumeral spot and the wide apical margin yellow, though pattern very variable: dark spot commonly reduced to an anchor-shaped spot at suture, or lateral arms of dark pattern prolonged towards apex. Apart from differently shaped and structured aedeagus, fur- ther distinguished from L. karenia Bates by apex of black elytral spot oblique towards suture; marginal setae of elytra not encircled by yellow spots; micro- reticulation of elytra rather transverse; surface of head not microreticulate; and surface of pronotum rather glossy due to superficial microreticulation. Distinguished from L. fallaciosa, spec. nov. by dense- ly denticulate sclerite within internal sac of aedea- gus; apical yellow spot always touching apex; far less transverse microreticulation of surface of elytra; and narrower pronotum. Similarly patterned speci- mens of L. darlingtoniana distinguished from L. bris- banensis, spec. nov. by slightly narrower pronotum and denticulate band less complexly sinuate and not extending to left side. Description Measurements (8 ex.). Length: 6.75-8.1 mm; width: 3.25-3.8 mm. Ratios: w/1 pr: 1.51-1.59; w pr/ h: 1.16-1.22; 1/w el: 1.37-1.41; w el/pr: 1.78-1.91. Colour (Figs 23, 24). Fore body and lower sur- face, including mouth parts, antennae, and legs light reddish. Surface of elytra yellow with an anchor- shaped black spot in middle that commonly is pro- longed along lateral margin to humerus and apex and then leaves an elongate humeral spot and a wide apical margin yellow. Apical margin of dark spot oblique towards suture. Lateral margin nar- rowly yellow, marginal setae not encircled by yel- low spots. Head. Of average size and shape, narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by about 2 antennomeres. Surface, except for labrum that is finely microreticulate, without mi- croreticulation, though with some wrinkles and scat- tered fine punctures, glossy. Pronotum. Moderately wide, widest at apical third. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral margin gently convex, but faintly sinuate just in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined, lateral margin explanate towards base, marginal channel rather deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal, trans- verse sulcus. Surface not perceptibly microreticu- late, though with rather dense and coarse trans- verse wrinkles and with scattered punctures, sur- face glossy. Elytra. Comparatively short, somewhat oval- shaped, widest behind middle. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apex gently sinuate, apical angles wide- Fig. 2. L. darlingtoniana, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. ly rounded, apical margin slightly incurved at su- ture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenu- late. Intervals convex throughout. 3° interval bi- punctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in middle. In- tervals with somewhat superficial, moderately trans- verse microreticulation and very scattered punc- tures, fairly glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen punctate and pilose, pilosity denser on terminal sternite. Terminal ster- nite 6-setose in male, 8- or 10-setose in female. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 5-6 large teeth. Male genitalia. (Fig. 2). Genital ring elongate, barely asymmetric, rather parallel, with rather wide, convex apex and elongate basis. Aedeagus moder- ately elongate, distinctly widened near apex, slight- ly sinuate, lower surface almost straight, in apical third gently concave. Apex fairly elongate, de- pressed, straight, slightly spatulate. Orificium mod- erately elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, at bottom and at right side with characteristic, sinuate, densely denticulate sclerite. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere much larger than right one, with triangular, broadly rounded apex; right para- mere short, rhomboidal. Variation (Figs 23, 24). Colour pattern of elytra varies to a considerable degree within this species, because the black spots can be more or less extend- ed. Both available specimens from Sulawesi are sig- nificantly smaller (length 6.75 mm and 6.95 mm) and possess wider elytra in comparison with the pronotum (ratio w el/pr 1.88 and 1.91) than the New Guinean specimens (length 7.4-8.1 mm, mean 7.7 mm, w el/pr 1.78-1.85, mean 1.825). Apparently, none of these differences are sexual. The aedeagi of the examined Sulawesian and New Guinean speci- mens, however, are identical. As material from Su- lawesi so far is very limited, any decisions about further taxonomical differentiation between the po- pulations from New Guinea and Sulawesi are pre- mature and have to be postponed until additional material from Sulawesi is at hand. Distribution. New Guinea including surrounding islands, Sulawesi. Collecting circumstances. Largely unknown. All specimens collected at low to medium altitude. Etymology. The name is an acronym in honour of the famous reviser of the New Guinean ground beetle fau- na, the late P. J. Darlington, Jr. Relationships. This species belongs to a group of very closely related Oriental-Papuan species. It is next related to L. brisbanensis, spec. nov. from south- eastern Queensland. 209 ve @ eo Fig. 3. L. brisbanensis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. Lebia brisbanensis, spec. nov. Figs 3, 25 Types. Holotype: d, QLD: 27°29'S x 152°47'E, Mt. Coot- tha, 260 m, 10 Jan 2002. M V Light, G. B. Monteith, open forest. 10330 (QMT123516). Diagnosis. Large species, with a dark anchor- shaped spot at suture and lateral margin dark. Dis- tinguished from L. karenia Bates by marginal setae of elytra not encircled by yellow spots; microreticu- lation of elytra rather transverse; surface of head not microreticulate; and surface of pronotum rather glossy due to superficial microreticulation. Distin- guished from L. fallaciosa, spec. nov. by colour pat- tern and densely denticulate sclerite within internal sac of aedeagus. Distinguished from similarly pat- terned specimens of L. darlingtonia by slightly wider pronotum and more complexly sinuate denticulate band that is also extended to left side. Description Measurements (1 ex.). Length: 8.0 mm; width: 3.7 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.61; w pr/h: 1.19; 1/w el: 1.41; w el/pr: 1.85. Colour (Fig. 25). Fore body and lower surface, including mouth parts, antennae, and legs light red- dish. Surface of elytra yellow with an anchor-shaped black spot in middle that leaves a wide apical mar- gin yellow. 9' interval and basal half of 8 interval black, lateral margin narrowly yellow, marginal se- 210 tae not encircled by yellow spots. Head. Of average size and shape, narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by about 2 antennomeres. Surface, except for labrum that is finely microreticulate, without mi- croreticulation, though with some wrinkles and scat- tered fine punctures, glossy. Pronotum. Moderately wide, widest at apical third. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral margin gently convex, but faintly sinuate just in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined, lateral margin explanate towards base, marginal channel rather deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal, trans- verse sulcus. Surface not perceptibly microreticu- late, though with rather dense and coarse trans- verse wrinkles and with scattered punctures, sur- face glossy. Elytra. Comparatively short, somewhat oval- shaped, widest behind middle. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apex gently sinuate, apical angles wide- ly rounded, apical margin gently excised, slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throughout. 3 interval bipunctate, punctures situated at Zrd stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in mid- Fig. 4. L. fallaciosa, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. dle. Intervals with somewhat superficial, moderate- ly transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, fairly glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen punctate and pilose, pilosity denser on terminal sternite. Terminal ster- nite 4-setose in male. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 5-6 large teeth. Male genitalia. (Fig. 3). Genital ring elongate, slightly asymmetric, rather parallel, with narrow, triangular apex and elongate, laterally somewhat angulate basis. Aedeagus moderately elongate, dis- tinctly widened near apex, slightly sinuate, lower surface almost straight, in apical third gently con- cave. Apex rather short, depressed, straight, slight- ly spatulate. Orificium moderately elongate. Fold- ing of internal sac complex, with characteristic, multisinuate, densely denticulate sclerite at bottom that extends to both sides. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere much larger than right one, with triangular, broadly rounded apex; right para- mere short, rhomboidal. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Southeastern Queensland. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Collected at light in me- dian altitude in open forest. Actually, the type local- ity is within the city of Brisbane, at a locality very familiar with people as well as collectors. Hence, the discovery of anew and conspicuous lebiine at this locality is remarkable. At the same time it is very surprising why this species has not been discovered earlier and in greater numbers. Etymology. The name refers to the type locality which is situated within the city of Brisbane. Relationships. This species belongs to a group of very closely related Oriental-Papuan species. Ac- cording to colour pattern of elytra and structure of internal sac of aedeagus, it is probably next related to L. darlingtoniana, spec. nov. from New Guinea. Lebia fallaciosa, spec. nov. Figs 4, 26 Types. Holotype: d, INDONESIA or. Irian Jaya, 170 km S Nabire, Epomani, 1150 m, 06.1.1996, leg. A. Weigel (ZSM-CBM). — Paratypes: 16, Irian Jaya, Jayapura, Senta- ni, Cyclops-Mts. 300 m, 9.-11.8.1991, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 12, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr., Jayapura, Cyclops-Mt. 300-450 m, 8.8.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 12, P.N.G., Madang Prov., Baiteta, Light AR 52, 23.V.1996, leg. O. Missa (IRSNB); 238, P.N.G., Madang Prov., Baiteta, Light AR 53, 28.V.1996, leg. ©. Missa (IRSNB, CBM). Diagnosis. Fairly large species, with cruciate black elytral pattern that leaves an elongate subhumeral and a wide subapical spot yellow. Apart from dif- ferently shaped and structured aedeagus, further distinguished from L. karenia Bates by apex of black elytral spot oblique towards suture; marginal setae of elytra not encircled by yellow spots; microreticu- lation of elytra transverse; surface of head not mi- croreticulate; and surface of pronotum rather glossy due to superficial microreticulation. Distinguished from L. darlingtoniana, spec. nov. and L. brisbanensis, spec. nov. by absence of any denticles within inter- nal sac of aedeagus; apical yellow spot narrowly separated from apex; much more transverse micro- reticulation of surface of elytra. Description Measurements. Length: 6.2-7.8 mm; width: 2.85- 3.75 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.68-1.71; w pr/h: 1.21- 1.28; 1/w el: 1.34-1.40; w el/ pr: 1.66-1.76. Colour (Fig. 26). Fore body and lower surface, including mouth parts, antennae, and legs light red- dish. Surface of elytra yellow with an anchor-shaped black spot in middle that is prolonged along lateral margin to humerus and along apical margin to su- ture, and leaves an elongate humeral spot and a wide subapical spot yellow. Apical margin of dark spot oblique towards suture. Lateral margin nar- rowly yellow, marginal setae not encircled by yel- low spots. Head. Of average size and shape, narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by about 2 antennomeres. Surface, except for labrum that is finely microreticulate, without mi- croreticulation, though with very few wrinkles and scattered fine punctures, highly glossy. Pronotum. Comparatively wide, widest at api- cal third. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral margin gently convex, but faintly sinuate just in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined, lateral margin explanate throughout, marginal channel wide, moderately deep. Surface with a distinct pre- basal, transverse sulcus. Surface without microre- ticulation, with rather sparse, more or less superfi- cial transverse wrinkles and with very scattered punctures, surface highly glossy. Elytra. Comparatively short, somewhat oval- shaped, widest behind middle. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apex gently sinuate, apical angles wide- Iy rounded, apical margin slightly incurved at su- ture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenu- late. Intervals convex throughout. 3° interval bi- punctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of 212 marginal punctures not interrupted in middle. In- tervals with rather superficial, markedly transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen punctate and pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal sternite. Termi- nal sternite 4-setose in male, 6-setose in female. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 4-5 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 4). Genital ring narrow and elongate, very gently asymmetric, rather parallel, with rather wide, convex apex and elongate basis. Aedeagus moderately elongate, distinctly widened in middle, rather sinuate, lower surface very gently concave throughout. Apex fairly elongate, de- pressed, straight, rather spatulate. Orificium mod- erately elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, without any denticulate sclerites. Parameres of dis- similar shape, left paramere much larger than right one, with triangular, slightly obtuse apex; right para- mere short, rhomboidal. Variation. Very little variation noted apart from some differences of size. Distribution. New Guinea. Collecting circumstances. Largely unknown. All specimens collected at low to medium altitude, some at light. Etymology. The name refers to the extremely similar colouration that easily leads to confusion of this species with L. darlingtoniana, spec. nov. Relationships. Probably this species is nearer re- lated to L. darlingtoniana, spec. nov. than to the Oriental L. karenia Bates. papuensis-group A group of small, commonly unicolourous species of quite similar size and shape that are best distin- guished by their differently structured aedeagi. Only few species from this group possess a distinct ely- tral pattern. Measurements and ratios see table 2. Lebia papuensis Macleay Figs 5, 40 Lebia papuensis Macleay, 1876: 167; Sloane 1917: 424; Csiki 1932: 1326; Moore et al. 1987: 309; Lorenz 1998: 458. Note. Sloane (1917) was the first to synonymize Lebia papuensis Macleay, 1876 with Lebia picipennis (Macleay, 1871) and all later authors followed him in that synonymization. As Lebia picipennis (Ma- cleay, 1871) is a junior homonyme of Lebia picipennis Motschoulsky, 1864, the name of Macleay’s species had to be changed anyway and the later name L. papuensis Macleay, 1876 for a New Guinean spe- cies came in very handy to the authors. Admittedly, both species are quite similar, although L. picipennis (Macleay) was described from central eastern Aus- tralia and L. papuensis Macleay from southeastern New Guinea. Examination of the male genitalia of the types of both Macleay’s species revealed, how- ever, that they are different species. Hence, the syn- omization has to be invalidated and for L. picipennis (Macleay) a new name has to be given (see under L. australica). Examined types. Holotype: d, Lebia papuensis Macl. M.S.S. Hall Sound N. Guinea/HOLOTYPE/NEW GUI- NEA (ANIC-MMS). Diagnosis. Moderately large, almost unicolourous reddish species with lightly microreticulate head and densely microreticulate, rather wide pronotum; distinguished from most closely related species L. australica, nom. nov. by the uninterrupted, dense- ly denticulate, transverse, sclerotized band that runs around the whole internal sac. Supplementary description Measurements (as the single available specimen has the elytra spread, ratios concerning width of elytra are somewhat tentative). Length: 6.2 mm; width: c. 2.9 mm. Ratios: w/1 pr: 1.58; w pr/h: 1.20; l/w el: c. 1.40; w el/pr: c. 1.85. Colour. Upper and lower surface, including mouth parts, antennae, and legs reddish to light brown. Head. Of average size and shape, considerably narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicir- cular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of pronotum by about 3 antennomeres. Sur- face with fine, superficial, though distinct isodia- metric microreticulation, also with few wrinkles and scattered moderately coarse punctures, fairly glossy. Pronotum (Fig. 40). Wide, widest about at mid- dle. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral mar- gin evenly gently convex, faintly sinuate in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined throughout, lat- eral margin explanate throughout, marginal chan- nel widened towards base, moderately deep. Sur- face with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk with very distinct, almost isodiametric microreticu- lation, with many distinct transverse wrinkles and with very scattered punctures, surface rather dull. Elytra. Comparatively elongate (for group), rather oval-shaped, markedliy widened towards apex, widest well behind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin ob- liquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apex gently sinuate, apical angles widely rounded, apical margin slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throughout. 3° interval bipunctate, punctures situ- ated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in middle. Intervals with moderately distinct, slightly transverse microreticulation and Table 2. Measurements and ratios of the species of the papuensis- and calycophora-groups. N S length w/lpr w pr/h l/wel w el/pr papuensis 1 6.2 1.58 1.20 1.40 1.85 australica 4 4.6-5.6 1.46-1.55 1.12-1.18 1.37-1.42 1.90-1.96 papuella 6 4.5-5.2 1:52-1:57 1.06-1.12 1.37-1.40 1.88-1.96 gemina 6 4.8-6.0 1.59-1.69 1.13-1.18 1.36-1.41 1.81-1.89 barda 6 5.0-5.4 1.61-1.65 1.17-1.19 1.35-1.39 1.78-1.82 insularum 2 6.7-7.1 1.75-1.81 1.23-1.25 1.38-1.42 1.68-1.73 cordifer 3 5.7-6.2 1.48-1.58 1.13-1.21 1.40-1.43 1.80-1.85 subglabra D 4.6-5.0 1.47-1.49 1.17-1.21 1.34-1.39 1.91-2.00 novabritannica 3 4.4-5.35 1.52-1.56 1.19-1.25 1.37-1.43 1.84-1.90 salomona 4 4.6-5.3 1.45-1.51 1.20-1.23 1.36-1.38 1.82-1.92 permutata 1 6.3 1.34 1.0 1.37 2.09 inornata 1 5.6 1.50 1:25 1.30 1.85 laticollis 2 4.5-4.8 1.67-1.69 1.30-1.32 1.31-1.34 1.66-1.70 atripennis 1 4.5 1.64 1.28 1.27 1.67 trivittata 6 5.0-5.7 1.38-1.46 1.16-1.21 1.35-1.41 1.90-2.00 adusta 2 4.2-4.3 1.43-1.44 1.20-1.21 1.35-1.37 1.92-1.93 sedlaceki 1 4.75 dat! Ey 1.36 1.92 EN Fig.5. L.papuensisMacleay. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genitalring. Scales: 0.5 mm. very fine, scattered punctures, fairly glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen punctate and sparse- ly pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal sterni- te. Terminal sternite 4-setose in male. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 4 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 5). Genital ring large, nar- row and elongate, almost symmetric, rather trian- gular, with narrow, obtuse apex and narrow, elon- gate, at tip markedly transverse basis. Aedeagus narrow and elongate, not widened in middle, bare- ly sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex elongate, depressed, straight, parallel, situated asym- metrically on right side, with triangular, arrow- shaped, acute tip. Orificium very elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, with a transverse, densely denticulate, uninterrupted, and conspicuously bisin- uate sclerite running from side to side along roof and bottom of internal sac. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere narrow and elongate in com- parison, longer than right one, with obliquely trans- verse apex; right paramere short but massive, rhom- boidal. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. 214 Additional examined material. None. Relationships. With respect to shape, surface struc- ture, and structure of internal sac of aedeagus, most closely related to L. australica, nom. nov., and also, but probably slightly less so, to L. papuella Darling- ton and L. gemina, spec. nov. - Lebia australica, nom. nov. Figs 6, 27, 41 Eulebia picipennis Macleay, 1871: 87 (nec Lebia picipennis Motschoulsky, 1864); Sloane 1907: 376. Lebia picipennis, Sloane 1917: 424; Csiki 1932: 1326; Darling- ton 1968: 88; Moore et al. 1987: 309; Lorenz 1998: 458. Note. As explained above under Lebia papuensis Macleay, Sloane (1917) synonymized Lebia papuensis Macleay and Lebia picipennis (Macleay). As the latter name is a junior homonyme of Lebia picipennis Mot- schoulsky, 1864, the later name L. papuensis Mac- leay, 1876 was used by the all following authors. Although both species are quite similar, examina- tion of the male genitalia of both Macleay’s species revealed that they are different. Hence, the synomi- zation has to be invalidated and for the preoccupied L. picipennis (Macleay) the new name L. australia, spec. nov. is created. Examined types. Lectotype (by present designation): ?, Queensland /SYNTYPE/Eulebia picipennis Macl. Wide Bay (ANIC-MMS). en SS I TE AD Fig. 6. L. australica, nom. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. Diagnosis. Rather small, almost unicolourous ligh reddish to light brownish species with lightly mi- croreticulate head and densely microreticulate, mod- erately wide pronotum; distinguished from the most closely related species L. papuensis Macleay by the densely denticulate, transverse, sclerotized band that runs from the side to side along the top of internal sac, but is widely interrupted at bottom. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 4.6-5.6 mm; width: 2.3- 2.7 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.46-1.55; w pr/h: 1.12-1.18; l/w el: 1.37-1.42; w el/pr: 1.90-1.96. Colour (Fig. 27). Upper and lower surface, in- cluding mouth parts, antennae, and legs either uni- formly reddish-brown, or elytra slightly darker, brown or piceous. Head. Of average size and shape, slightly nar- rower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircu- lar. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of pronotum by about 3 antennomeres. Sur- face with fine, very superficial, isodiametric micro- reticulation in middle, also with few wrinkles and scattered fine punctures, glossy. Pronotum (Fig. 41). Comparatively narrow, wid- est at or slightly in front of middle. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral margin evenly gently convex, barely sinuate in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gen- tly convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined, lateral margin explanate throu- ghout, marginal channel slightly widened towards base, moderately deep. Surface with a distinct preb- asal transverse sulcus. Disk with distinct, almost isodiametric microreticulation, with rather dense, fine, transverse wrinkles and with very scattered punctures, surface rather dull. Elytra. Medium sized (for group), rather oval- shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well behind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apex gently sinuate, apical angles widely rounded, apical margin slight- ly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bot- tom barely crenulate. Intervals convex througho ıt. 3" interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3" strıa. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in mid- dle. Intervals with distinct, moderately transverse microreticulation, barely punctate, moderately glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen punctate and sparse- ly pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal sterni- te. Terminal sternite 4-setose in male, 6-setose in female. Legs. Of moderate size. 4'" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 4 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 6). Genital ring large, nar- row and elongate, almost symmetric, rather trian- gular, with narrow, obtuse apex and narrow, elon- gate, at tip markedly transverse basis. Aedeagus moderately elongate, somewhat widened in mid- dle, barely sinuate, lower surface gently concave. Apex elongate, depressed, straight, parallel, situat- ed asymmetrically on right side, with triangular, asymmetric tip. Orificium elongate. Folding of in- ternal sac complex, with a transverse, densely den- ticulate sclerite running from right side along roof of internal sac, where it is conspicuously sinuate, to left side, but is interrupted at bottom of internal sac. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere rather elongate in comparison, longer than right one, with almost regular, very obtusely triangular apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. Except for the darker colouration of the elytra in certain specimens, little variation not- ed, except for a single specimen that is larger than usual, has a wider pronotum, and the elytra are darker. Because it is a female, affiliation to this species cannot be verified nor denied, even when the specimen was caught together with male speci- mens of L. australica: 12, Qld: 27°24.1'5S x 152°47.4'E, Boombana Nat. Pk. site 1. 16 Feb 2004. 440 m, QM party. 51837 (QMB). Distribution. Eastern Queensland. Collecting circumstances. Most specimens collect- ed by pyrethrum fogging in rain forest or “vine scrub”, a few in “flight intercept trap”, single speci- mens at light, the old specimens do not bear any sampling records. Etymology. The name refers to the distribution of this species in eastern Australia. New records (55 ex.). AUS: 18 (defect, without head and pronotum), Yeppoon, Q. H.J.C. x/24/ Lebia picipen- nis Macl. Id. by T. G. Sloane (ANIC); 1%, 1 (sex ?, abdo- men destroyed), R’hampt". Q. T.G.S. 10.24 (ANIC); 1 (sex ?, abdomen destroyed), Townsville, F. P. Dodd/ Eulebia picipennis 147 (ANIC); 12, Byfield Q. H.J.C. 10/ 24 (ANIC); 1 (sex?, abdomen destroyed), Lebia picipennis Macl. (Eulebia Macl.) Id. by T. G. Sloane (ANIC); 1%, Tamborine Mtn. QLD 4 Jan. 1981, at light, J. Powell (CBM); 534, 422, MEQ: 23°12'S x 149°44'E, Boomer Ra, Python Scrub, site 5, 29 Sep 1999, GB Monteith, 240 m. 7780 (CBM, QMB); 283, MEOQ: 23°12'S x 149°46'E, Boo- mer Ra, Mongrel Scrub, site 7, 29, 30 Sep 1999, GB Mon- teith, 220 m. 7786, 7790 (QMB); 238, 422, CEQ: 22°21'S x 149°21'E, St Lawrence, 18.5 km W, 29 May 2000. GB Monteith. 240 m. 9271 (CBM, QMB); 18, same locality, 25 May 2000. 10070 (QMB); 239, 222, MEO: 21°35'5 x 149°11'’E, Cameron Creek, upper, 100 m. 1 Oct 1999. GB Monteith. 7793 (QMB); 2??, SEQ: 28°31'S x 152° 44'E, Camerons Scrub, gully, 13 Jan-16 May 1999. GB Monteith. 50 m. 7667 (QMB); 18,12, QLD: 23°30'S x 150°34'E, Mt Archer, 0.5km WNW, 24 Mar 2001. 520 m. GB Monteith. 10057 (QMB); 24d, 12, SEQ: 27°30'S x 152°35'E, The Knobby, via Glamogan Vale, 240 m, 16 Sept 1998, G. Monteith & P. Bouchard. 7247 (QMB); 12, SEQ: 27°36'S x 153°13’E, Mt. Cotton, upper gully, 7 May 1998, 150 m. G. Monteith & G. Thompson. 5816 (QMB); 18,12, same locality and data, Scott’s Dam. 120 m. 5817 (QMB); 15, MEO: 21°37'S x 148°59'E, Stony Ck. track crossing, 23 Mar-31 May 2000, Monteith & Cook. 280 m. 9414 (QMB); 18, MEO: 23°09'S x 150° 28'E, Johannsens Cave, 18 Dec-21 Mar 2000. Monteith. 100 m. 9246 (QMB); 12, MEO: 25°34'S x 152°03’E, Mt Walsh, 1 km N, 9 Oct-19 Dec 1999, D & I. Cook. 320 m. 9053 (QMB); 18, SEO: 25°13'S x 148°59'E, Expedition R. Nat. Pk, 5733 Amphitheatre scrub, 520 m, 17 Dec-5 Mar 1998, Cook & Monteith (QMB); 18, SEQ: 23°37'S x 150° 28'E, Mt. Gavial, 3 km SSW, 27 Sep 1999. 320 m, G. B. Monteith. 7772 (QMB); 12, SEQ: 26°08'S x 151°58'E, Namgur State For., 24 Nov 1995, G. Monteith, 320 m (QMB); 238, CEQ: 21°46'S x 148°51'E, Pine Mt. 3 km S, 240 m, 1 June 2000. GB Monteith. 9279 (QMB); 12, SEO: 26°17'S x 152°50'S, Cooran Tbld (Barracks), 12 Apr 1995, 400 m, Monteith, Koch & Thompson (QMB); 15, SEO: 23°56'E x 151°21’E, Canoe Point E.P. 5m. 20 Mar 2000, G. Monteith. 9254 (QMB); 1?, C.QLD: 20°12'S x 147°55’E, Mt. Aberdeen, Sth Summit, 6 Dec 1996, 900 m, G. Mon- teith (QMB); 246, Qld: 27°24.1'S x 152°47.4'E, Boom- bana Nat. Pk. site 1. 16 Feb 2004. 440 m, QM party. 51832, 51834 (QMB); 12, QLD: 21°34'S x 149°I2E, Upper E. Funnel Ck. 16 Nov 1992, 450 m, Monteith, Thompson & Janetzki (QMB); 12, Eurimbula Nat. Pk., C.Qld. 15 Sept 1989, G. B. Monteith (QMB); 12, Upper Dalrymple Ck. via Goomburra, SEQld, 21-22 Nov 1987, G. B. Monteith (QMB). Relationships. With respect to shape, surface struc- ture, and structure of internal sac of aedeagus, most closely related to L. papuensis Macleay, and also, but probably slightly less so, to L. papuella Darlington and L. gemina, spec. nov. Lebia papuella Darlington (stat. restit.) Figs 7, 42 Lebia papuella Darlington, 1968: 88 (stat. restit.). Lebia papuensis Macleay, 1876: 167; Moore et al. 1987: 309; Lorenz 1998: 458. Note. Moore in his catalogue (Moore et al. 1987) synonymized L. papuella Darlington with the Aus- tralian-New Guinean species L. papuensis Macleay [in his opinion =L. picipennis (Macleay), but see under L. papuensis Macleay and L. australica, nom. nov.], although Darlington (1968) in the description of his L. papuella already compared this with L. papu- ensis Macleay [in Darlington still as L picipennis (Mac- leay)] and even directed to the rather different mi- croreticulation of the prothorax of both species. Hence, Moore’s decision is quite difficult to under- stand, and probably it was not based on the exami- nation of the types of L. papuella, but, if ever, per- Fig. 7. L. papuella Darlington. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. haps only on those of L. papuensis Macleay and L. pi- cipennis (Macleay). Because both latter species, how- ever, actually do not refer to the same species, Moore united three different species. Lorenz (1998) simply accepted Moore’s decision without further com- ment. Diagnosis. Rather small, almost unicolourous dark yellowish to light brownish species with glossy, not microreticulate head and pronotum; further distin- guished from the most closely related species L. gemina, spec. nov. by lesser size, narrower prono- tum, and the densely denticulate, transverse, sclero- tized band that runs from the top of internal sac down the right side. Examined types. Paratype: 15, Dobodura Papua, N. G. Mar-July, 1944 Darlington/Paratype Lebia papuella Darl. (ANIC). Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 4.5-5.2 mm; width: 2.1- 2.35 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.52-1.57; w pr/h: 1.06- 1.12; 1/w el: 1.37-1.40; w el/pr: 1.88-1.96. Colour. Upper and and lower surface, includ- ing mouth parts, antennae, and legs light reddish to light brown. Surface of elytra either unicolourous, or in middle with an indefinite brownish cloud. In darker specimens margins of pronotum slightly lighter. Head. Of average size and shape, slightly nar- rower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircu- lar. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of pronotum by about 3 antennomeres. Sur- face without any microreticulation, with very few wrinkles and scattered, extremely fine punctures, highly glossy. Pronotum (Fig. 42). Comparatively narrow, wid- est at or slightly in front of middle. Apical angles widely rounded off, laterai margin evenly gently convex, faintly sinuate in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gen- tly convex. Apex margined only laterally, base dis- tinctly margined, lateral margin explanate throu- shout, marginal channel widened towards base, moderately deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk without any microreticula- tion, with more or less dense and distinct transverse wrinkles and with very scattered punctures, surface highly glossy. Elytra. Medium sized (for group), rather oval- shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well behind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apex gently sinuate, apical angles widely rounded, apical margin slight- ly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bot- tom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throughout. 3" interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in mid- dle. Intervals with moderately distinct, markedly transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, fairly glossy. Inner wings fully devel- oped. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen punctate and sparse- ly pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal sterni- te. Terminal sternite 4-setose in male, 6-setose in female. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 3 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 7). Genital ring large, nar- row and elongate, slightly asymmetric, rather trian- gular, with narrow, obtuse apex and narrow, elon- gate, at tip markedly transverse basis. Aedeagus moderately elongate, asymmetrically widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface gently con- cave. Apex moderately elongate, depressed, straight, narrowly triangular, with obtuse tip. Orificium elon- gate. Folding of internal sac complex, with a trans- verse, densely denticulate sclerite running from the roof of internal sac on the left side. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere rather elongate in comparison, longer than right one, with almost regular, obtusely triangular apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. Apparently this species, like several other species of the genus Lebia, is rather variable with respect to size. One specimen from northern Australia that deviates in its particularly wide pro- notum, was doubtfully affiliated to this species. Be- cause iitisa female, a reliable identification at present is not possible. Distribution. New Guinea, northeastern Austral- ia. Collecting circumstances. Most specimens sampled at light in tropical lowland rain forest, others col- lected by canopy fogging and sifting in rain forest at rather low altitude. Provided appropriate sampling techniques are employed, this species can be cap- tured in quite large numbers. Relationships. With respect to shape and structure of surface of pronotum, next related to L. gemina, spec. nov., but on the basis of structure of internal sac of aedeagus, L. papuella is less closely related to L. papuensis Macleay andLL. australica, nom. nov. than L. gemina. New records (54 ex.). NG: P.N.G., Madang Prov., Baiteta, Light AR53, 28.V.1996, leg. ©. Missa (CBM, IRSNB); same locality, Light AR52, 23.V.1996 (IRSNB); same locality, Light AR8, 11.VII.1996 (IRSNB); same lo- cality, Light AR50, 18.1I1.1996 (IRSNB); same locality, Light AR10, 16.1V.1996 (IRSNB); same locality, Light X0, 29.1V.1996 (IRSNB); same locality, Fog AR15, 14.V.1996 218 (IRSNB); same locality, Fog AR63, 10.VII.1996 (IRSNB); same locality, Fog 23, 4.VII.1996 (IRSNB); same locality, Fog AR54, 3.V1.1996 (IRSNB); same locality, Fog AR30, 14.VII.1996 (IRSNB); same locality, Fog M9, 2.V1.1994 (IRSNB); Papua N.G., Morobe-Pr., Tekadu-Kakaro, Ivimka Riv. Stat. 180 m, 2-4.3.1998, A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Jayapura, Sentani, Cyclops-Mt., 400-500 m, 10.8.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Mt. Lamington, N. E. Papua, 1300 to 1500 feet, C. T. McNamara (SAMA). — AUS: 15.475 145.17E Moses Ck. 4 km N by E of Mt. Finnigan QLD, 14-16 Oct. 1980, T. Weir (ANIC). Lebia gemina, spec. nov. Figs 8, 28, 43 Examined types. Holotype: d, Coll. LR.Sc.N.B. Canopy mission P.N.G. Madang province, Baiteta, Light AR53, 28.V.1996, Leg. ©. Missa (IRSNB). — Paratypes: 40 dd, 1122, same data (CBM, IRSNB); 17, same locality, Light AR52, 20.V.1996 (IRSNB); 16, same locality, Light AR8, 11.VII.1996 (IRSNB); 14, same locality, Light AR20, 16.1V.1996 (IRSNB); 12, same locality, 16.1V.1966, Light AR10 (IRSNB). Diagnosis. Rather small, almost unicolourous dark yellowish to light brownish species with glossy, not microreticulate head and pronotum; distinguished from the most closely related species L. papuella Darlington by slightly larger size, wider pronotum, and by the densely denticulate, transverse, sclero- tized band that runs from the side to side along the top of internal sac, but is use) interrupted at bottom. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 4.8-6.0 mm; width: 2.35- 2.9 mm. Ratios: w/1 pr: 1.59-1.69; w pr/h: 1.13-1.18; l/w el: 1.36-1.41; w el/pr: 1.81-1.89. Colour (Fig. 28). Upper and and lower surface, including mouth parts and antennae light brown. Legs light reddish. Surface of elytra unicolourous, rarely (in lighter specimens) in middle with an in- definite brownish cloud. In darker specimens mar- gins of pronotum slightly lighter. Head. Of average size and shape, considerably narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicir- cular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of pronotum by almost 3 antennomeres. Sur- face without any microreticulation, also without distinct wrinkles and almost. impunctate, highly glossy. Pronotum (Fig. 43). Rather wide, widest at or slightly in front of middle. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral margin evenly gently convex, faintly sinuate in front of the rectangular basal an- gles. Base in middle much produced, lateral exci- sion deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently H 1 ER Fig.8. L. gemina, spec.nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genitalring. Scales: 0.5 mm. convex. Apex margined except in middle, base dis- tinctly margined, lateral margin explanate throu- ghout, marginal channel widened towards base, moderately deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk with rather superficial, slight- ly transverse microreticulation, with rather dense, fairly distinct transverse wrinkles and with very scattered punctures, surface moderately dull. Elytra. Medium sized (for group), rather oval- shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well behind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apex gently sinuate, apical angles widely rounded, apical margin slight- ly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bot- tom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throughout. 3“ interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in mid- dle. Intervals with moderately distinct, markedly transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, fairly glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen punctate and sparse- ly pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal sterni- te. Terminal sternite 4-setose in male, 6-setose in female. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 3 large and usual- ly an additional small teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 8). Genital ring large, nar- row and elongate, slightly asymmetric, rather trian- gular, with narrow, obtuse apex and narrow, elon- gate, at tip markedly transverse basis. Aedeagus moderately elongate, comparatively compact, bare- ly widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex elongate, depressed, straight, parallel, situated asymmetrically on right side, with slightly obtuse tip. Orificium moderately elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, with a transverse, densely denticulate sclerite running from right side along roof of internal sac, where it is conspicuously sinuate, to left side, but is interrupt- ed at bottom of internal sac. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere rather elongate in comparison, longer than right one, with slightly transverse apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. Apparently, this species, like several other species of the genus Lebia, is rather variable with respect to size. Otherwise, little variation noted. Distribution. Papua New Guinea, ? northeastern Australia. Collecting circumstances. All specimens sampled at light in tropical lowland rain forest. Provided appropriate sampling techniques are employed, this species can be captured in quite large numbers. Etymology. The name refers to the extremely similar shape of this species that easily leads to confusion with L. papuella Darlington. 219 Fig.9. L. barda Darlington. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genitalring. Scales: 0.5 mm. Additional material. Two specimens are tentatively at- tributed to this species, but, as they are females, they are not included in the type series. The one from northern Australia quite well matches L. gemina in shape and col- our, but the specimen from Bulolo differs somewhat in colour, shape of pronotum, and presence of 8 setae at female terminal abdominal sternum. This may be even representative of an additional new species. This ques- tion can only be solved by sampling and examination of males from the same area: 12, AUSTRALIA: n. Old, Wongabel S. F. via Atherton, 25.-27.11.1992, Storey, De Faveri (DPIM); 12, N. Guinea: NE, Bulolo, 700 m, 6.X1. 1969/J. Sedlacek Collector BISHOP/Lebia externa Dar- lington det. G. E.Ball, 1989 (BMH). For future research measurements and ratios of both specimens are added: Measurements (12 from north Queensland). Length: 5.5 mm; width: 2.7 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.59; w pr/h: 1.13; 1/w el: 1.37; w el/pr: 1.91. Measurements (12 from Bulolo, PNG). oa 6.15 mm; width: 2.85 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.56; w pr/h: 1.10; 1/w el: 1.43; w el/pr: 1.90. Relationships. With respect to surface structure of pronotum most closely related to L. papuella Dar- lington, but to structure of internal sac of aedeagus, more similar to L. papuensis Macleay and L. australia, nom. nov. 220 Lebia barda Darlington Figs 9, 44 Lebia barda Darlington, 1968: 88; Lorenz 1998: 456. Diagnosis. Rather small, unicolourous yellowish species with distinctly microreticulate head and pro- notum; distinguished from related species by inter- nal sac of aedeagus strewn with many denticles. Examined types. Paratype: 18, NEW GUINEA: PAPUA Normanby Is. Wakaiuna, Sewa Bay, Nov. 21-30, 1956, W. W. Brandt (BMH). Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 5.0-5.4 mm; width: 2.4- 2.55 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.61-1.65; w pr/h: 1.17- 1.19; 1/w el: 1.35-1.39; w el/ pr: 1.78-1.82. Male genitalia (Fig. 9). Genital ring large, very narrow and elongate, slightly asymmetric, rather parallel, with wide, obligue and convex apex and narrow, elongate basis. Aedeagus moderately elon- gate, slightly widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface straight, very gently concave towards apex. Apex moderately elongate, depressed, straight, wide, obtuse. Orificium elongate. Folding of inter- nal sac complex, with many dentiform sclerites in each part of internal sac, and a complexly folded, only at borders sclerotized plate near base. Para- meres of dissimilar shape, left paramere rather elon- gate in comparison, longer than right one, with Fig. 10. L. insularum Darlington. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. triangular apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. Very little variation noted. Distribution. New Guinea. Collecting circumstances. The specimens men- tioned below sampled by canopy fogging in tropi- cal lowland rain forest. At the mentioned locality, L. barda is by far less common than L. papuensis. Relationships. According to shape and surface structure apparently most closely related to L. inor- nata, spec. nov. from Salawati Island. But relation- ships uncertain, as long as male genitalia are yet unknown of the latter species. New records (5 ex.). P.N.G., Madang Prov., Baiteta, Light AR53, 28.V.1996, leg. ©. Missa (IRSNB, CBM). Lebia insularım Darlington Figs 10, 29, 45 Lebia insularum Darlington, 1968: 89; Lorenz 1998: 458. Diagnosis. Rather large, contrastingly coloured spe- cies with light fore body and piceous elytra, and glossy head and pronotum; distinguished from re- lated species by internal sac of aedeagus with a transverse, densely denticulate, conspicuously sin- uate sclerite that is narrowly interrupted at bottom and at the upper right side. Examined types. Holotype: d, NEW GUINEA: PA- PUA Normanby Is. Wakaiuna, Sewa Bay, Jan. 1-8-1957 / J. L. Gressitt Collector (BMNH). — Paratype: S, Rossel Is., S. E. Papua. Oct. 1963 W. W. Brandt/Paratype Lebia insularum Darl. (ANIC). Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 6.7-7.1 mm; width: 3.2- 3.3 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.75-1.81; w pr/h: 1.23-1.25; l/w el: 1.38-1.42; w el/pr: 1.68-1.73. Colour (Fig. 29). Fore body and lower surface, including mouth parts, antennae, and legs light red- dish. Surface of elytra contrastingly, unicolourous piceous. Male genitalia (Fig. 10). Genital ring large, rath- er narrow and elongate, barely asymmetric, trian- gular, with rather narrow, obtuse apex and narrow, elongate, slightly convex basis. Aedeagus moder- ately elongate, widened in middle, slightly sinuate, lower surface at base straight, in apical half concave. Apex elongate, depressed, straight, almost parallel, situated asymmetrically on right side, with obtuse tip. Orificium elongate. Folding of internal sac com- plex, with a transverse, densely denticulate, con- spicuously sinuate sclerite that is narrowly inter- rupted at bottom and at the upper right side of internal sac. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left par- amere rather elongate in comparison, longer than right one, with remarkably transverse apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. 221 Fig. 11. L. cordifer Darlington. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. Distribution. So far known only from Normanby and Rossel Islands off the east coast of New Guinea. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. Relationships. Darlington in his description said that he did not know its relations. According to shape and surface structure of pronotum and to structure of male genitalia it is nearest related to L. gemina, spec. nov. New records. None. Lebia cordifer Darlington Figs 11, 30 Lebia cordifer Darlington, 1968: 87; Lorenz 1998: 456. Note. The holotype, and altogether single recorded specimen, of this characteristically patterned spe- cies was not available. Three specimens caught rather recently in northern Australia, however, match so exactly Darlington’s description that I don’t have any doubt about the species identity. As one of these specimens is a male, this gives the opportuni- ty to dissect and figure the male genitalia. Darling- ton, in his description, unfortunately disclaimed to dissect the male holotype, and apparently, he gen- erally did not have a high opinion of the use of male genitalia for taxonomy which unfortunately some- what depreciates his taxonomic work. Because certain other Lebia occur in New Guin- 222 ea and northern Australia, this range extension is no too surprising, in particular, because this species so far was known only from the holotype. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 5.7-6.2 mm; width: 2.6- 2.8 mm. Ratios: w/1 pr: 1.48-1.58; w pr/h: 1.13-1.21; l/w el: 1.40-1.43; w el/pr: 1.80-1.85. Colour (Fig. 30). Head and pronotum yellow to light reddish, pronotum with or without slightly darker centre. Elytra piceous with a large, rather cordiform yellow sutural spot that at 5" and 6" intervals reaches the humerus, but does not attain the apex. Mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow. Male genitalia (Fig. 11). Genital ring large, nar- row and elongate, barely asymmetric, triangular, with rather narrow, obtuse apex and moderately elongate, slightly convex basis. Aedeagus narrow and elongate, gently widened in middle, not sinu- ate, lower surface gently concave throughout. Apex elongate, depressed, straight, lancet-shaped, situat- ed asymmetrically on right side, with acute tip. Orificium elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, with a transverse, densely denticulate, conspicu- ously sinuate, virtually uninterrupted sclerite. Para- meres of dissimilar shape, left paramere rather elon- gate in comparison, longer than right one, with somewhat transverse apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. Apart from the uniformly reddish coloured pronotum and generally less contrasting Fig. 12. L. subglabra, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. colouration in one specimen that probably is due to rather fresh hatching of this specimen, little varia- tion noted. Distribution. Central Irian Jaya, New Guinea, and extreme northern and northwestern Australia. Collecting circumstances. Largely unknown. Two of the three mentioned Australian specimens were collected by “Berlese extraction, closed forest litter”, and “Rain forest, sieved litter”. Relationships. According to structure of male gen- italia probably related to the papuensis-lineage, but unique in this group by its striking colour pattern. New records (3 ex.). AUS: 14.255 126.40E, CALM Site 4/314 km Sby E of Kalumburu Mission, W.A., 3-6 June 1988, T. A. Weir/Lebia ? sp. nov. det. T. A. Weir 1989 (ANIC); 12.215 130.42E, Casuarina Beach, NT, 10km NNE of Darwin, 22.x.72, E. Britton (CBM); NT, sth. Al- ligator Inn, 8 July 1979, G. B. Monteith (QMB). Lebia subglabra, spec. nov. Figs 12, 46 Types. Holotype: d, Irian Jaya, Panai-Pr., Epomani, km 145, 550-750 m, 15.-16.1.1996, leg. A. Riedel (ZSM-CBM). — Paratypes: 19, same data (CBM); 16, Irian Jaya, War- mare, Manokwari-Pr. 200-700 m, 22.8.1991, leg. A. Rie- del (CBM); 13, Dogon, Amazon Bay District, 2400 ft., S. E. Papua, Oct.-Nov. 1962 W. W. Brandt/Lebia papuella D. det. Darl. 69 (ANIC); 12, Mt. Lamington, N. E. Pa- pua, 1300 to 1500 feet, C. T. McNamara (SAMA). Diagnosis. Rather small, unicolourous light red- dish or gently clouded species with superficial mi- croreticulation of head and pronotum; distinguished from related species by two densely denticulate sclerites at bottom of internal sac and a third behind these that is strongly sclerotized at its left margin. Description Measurements. Length: 4.6-5.0 mm; width: 2.2- 2.4 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.47-1.49; w pr/h: 1.17-1.21; l/w el: 1.34-1.39; w el/pr: 1.91-2.0. Colour. Fore body and lower surface, including mouth parts, antennae, and legs light reddish. Sur- face of elytra more or less light reddish, with or without an indefinite brownish cloud that extends from base, laterally to 5{" or 6" stria, but leaves the apex widely light. Head. Of average size and shape, narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by about 2 antennomeres. Labrum in midle near base slightly impressed. Surface with fine, su- perficial, isodiametric microreticulation in middle, also with some very few wrinkles and scattered fine punctures, glossy. Pronotum (Fig. 46). Moderately wide, widest at or slightly behind middle. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral margin evenly gently convex, faintly sinuate in front of the rectangular basal an- gles. Base in middle much produced, lateral exci- sion deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base dis- tinctly margined, lateral margin explanate throu- ghout, marginal channel widened towards base, moderately deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk with rather superficial, slight- ly transverse microreticulation, with rather dense, fairly distinct transverse wrinkles and with very scattered punctures, surface moderately dull. Elytra. Medium sized (for group), rather oval- shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well behind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apex gently sinuate, apical angles widely rounded, apical margin slight- ly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bot- tom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throughout. 3" interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3 stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in mid- dle. Intervals with moderately distinct, markedly transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, fairly glossy. Inner wings fully devel- oped. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen punctate and sparse- ly pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal sterni- te. Terminal sternite 4-setose in male, 6-setose in female. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 4 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 12). Genital ring large, rath- er narrow and elongate, fairly asymmetric, wid- ened towards apex, with wide, oblique and convex apex and narrow, elongate basis. Aedeagus moder- ately elongate, slightly widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface straight, very gently concave in apicalthird. Apex moderately elongate, depressed, straight, triangular. Orificium elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, with two transverse, very densely denticulate sclerites in middle at bottom, and another plate that is strongly sclerotized at its left margin. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left par- amere short in comparison, though longer than right one, with triangular apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. Apart from slight differences in col- ouration, slight variation noted in shape of prono- tum that can be more or less distinctly sinuate near base. Distribution. So far recorded at few localities from western Irian Jaya through the Central Highlands to southeastern Papua New Guinea. 224 Collecting circumstances. Largely unknown, most probably collected by sifting in rain forest at rather low altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the moderately gla- brous surface of this species. Additional examined material: 1?, Mt. Lamington, N. E. Papua, 1300 to 1500 feet, C. T. McNamara (SAMA). This specimen is tentatively attributed to L. subglabra, because shape and structure of pronotum rather match- es those of the typical specimens. However, as only dissection of male genitalia provides certainty of species affiliation, it is not included in the type series. The spec- imen was mounted, and probably caught, together with a male specimen of L. papuella Darlington which corrob- orates the sympatric and probably also syntopic occur- rence of both species. Relationships. With respect to the absence of a distinct elytral pattern, this species seems to be close- ly related to the papuana-lineage of Australia and New Guinea, though structure of aedeagus is ex- tremely similar to those of L. novabritannica, spec. nov. from New Britain and L. salomona, spec. nov. from Bougainville Island. Lebia novabritannica, spec. nov. Eies 13, 31 Types. Holotype: d, PNG: E New Britain Prov. 30 km SW Kokopo, 5 km SW Arabam, 04°35'75"S, 152°06'84”E, 200 m, 25.11.2000, leg. A. Weigel KL (CBM-ZSM). — Para- types: 18, 12, same data (CBM, CWP). Diagnosis. Rather small, yellow species with a con- trasting black, somewhat anchor-shaped elytral spot; further distinguished from related species except for L. subglabra, spec. nov. by two transverse, dense- ly denticulate sclerites in middle at bottom of inter- nal sac of aedeagus, and another plate that is strong- ly sclerotized at its left margin. Description Measurements. Length: 4.4-5.35 mm; width: 2.0- 2.55 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.52-1.56; w pr/h: 1.19- 1.25; 1/w el: 1.37-1.43; w el/pr: 1.84-1.90. Colour (Fig. 31). Upper and lower surface, in- cluding mouth parts, palpi, antennae, and legs yel- low. Elytra with a black, gently anchor-shaped su- tural spot of variable size in posterior half that does not attain the margin. i Head. Of average size and shape, narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by about 2 antennomeres. Labrum in middle gently impressed. Frons without distinet impres- sions, but rather uneven, with a shallow, more or Fig. 13. L. novabritannica, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. less distinct v-shaped impression in middle. Surface with rather superficial isodiametric microreticula- tion, with scattered fine punctures, rather glossy. Pronotum. Moderately wide, slightly wider than head, widest at middle, slightly narrowed towards base. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral mar- gin anteriorly very convex, from middle gently con- vex to almost straight, not or barely sinuate in front ofthe rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined. Lateral margin explanate throughout, explanation even widened towards base, marginal channel fairly deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk with rather distinct, about isodiametric microreticulation, with fairly dense, fine, more or less irregular wrin- kles and with very scattered punctures, surface moderately glossy. Elytra. Rather elongate (for group), oval-shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well be- hind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apical angles widely rounded, apex gently sinuate, apical margin slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom more or less distinctly crenulate. Intervals convex throu- ghout. 3" interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3° stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupt- ed in middle. Intervals with distinct, almost isodia- metric to gently transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, rather glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum rather elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen sparsely punc- tate and pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal sternite. Terminal sternite in male 4-setose, in fe- male 6-setose. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 4 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 13). Genitalia extremely sim- ilar to those of L. subglabra, spec. nov. Genital ring large, rather elongate, fairly asymmetric, remarka- bly widened towards apex, with wide, oblique and convex apex and narrow, elongate basis. Aedeagus moderately elongate, slightly widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface straight, gently con- cave in apical third. Apex rather elongate, depressed, straight, triangular. Orificium elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, with two transverse, very densely denticulate sclerites in middle at bottom, and another plate that is strongly sclerotized at its left margin. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left par- amere short in comparison, though longer than right one, with triangular apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. Apart from some differences in body size and relative shape of pronotum and elytra, some variation noted in shape of elytral spot that is perceptibly smaller in the holotype than in both paratypes. 295 Fig. 14. L. salomona, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; lee genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. Distribution. New Britain. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Largely unknown. Prob- ably collected by sieving litter or moss from trees in rain forest. Etymology. The name refers to the range of the species, the island of New Britain. Relationships. With respect to elytral pattern, this seems to be a rather unique species in the Papuan- Australian region, rather similar to the Oriental L. monostigma Andrewes and its allies, though struc- ture of aedeagus is extremely similar to those of L. subglabra, spec. nov. from New Guinea and L. salo- mona, spec. nov. from Bougainville Island. Lebia salomona, spec. nov. Figs 14, 32 Types. Holotype: d, SOLOMON ISLANDS, Bougain- ville Island, Kukugai Village (Buin), 17.10.1960-2.2.1961, W.W.Brandt (ANIC). — Paratypes: 2??, same data (ANIC, CBM); 12, SOLOMON ISLANDS, Bougainville Island, Konga Village (Buin), 6.2.-21.3.1961, W. W. Brandt (ANIC). Diagnosis. Rather small, light reddish species with a large, contrasting, black elytral spot that leaves the apex and in some specimens also the humeri yel- low; further distinguished from related species ex- 226 cept for L. subglabra, spec. nov. and L. novabritannica, spec. nov. by two transverse, densely denticulate sclerites in middle at bottom of internal sac of ae- deagus, and another plate that is strongly sclero- tized at its anterior margin. Description Measurements. Length: 4.6-5.3 mm; width: 2.25- 2.5 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.45-1.51; w pr/h: 1.20-1.23; l/w el: 1.36-1.38; w el/pr: 1.82-1.92. Colour (Fig. 32). Upper and lower surface, in- cluding mouth parts, palpi, antennae, and legs yel- low. Elytra with a large black spot of variable size that leaves the apex and in some specimens also the humeri yellow. Head. Of average size and shape, narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by about 2 antennomeres. Frons without distinct impressions. Surface with rather superficial isodia- metric microreticulation, impunctate, rather glossy. Pronotum. Moderately wide, slightly wider than head, widest at middle, slightly narrowed towards base. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral mar- gin anteriorly very convex, from middle gently con- vex to almost straight, not sinuate in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much pro- duced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined. Lateral margin explanate throughout, explanation even widened towards base, marginal channel fairly deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk with rather distinct, about isodiametric microreticulation, with fairly dense, very fine, more or less irregular wrinkles, but without discernible punctures, sur- face moderately glossy. Elytra. Rather elongate (for group), oval-shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well be- hind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apical angles widely rounded, apex gently sinuate, apical margin slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom more or less distinctly crenulate. Intervals convex through- out. 3“ interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in middle. Intervals with distinct, almost isodiamet- ric to gently transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, rather glossy. Inner wings ful- ly developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum rather elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen sparsely punc- tate and pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal sternite. Terminal sternite in male 4-setose, in fe- male 6-setose. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 3 large and most- ly one additional smaller teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 14). Genitalia extremely sim- ilar to those of L. subglabra, spec. nov. and L. nova- britannica, spec. nov. Genital ring large, elongate, comparatively wide, fairly asymmetric, widened to- wards apex, with wide, oblique and convex apex and very narrow, elongate basis. Aedeagus moder- ately elongate, slightly widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface almost straight, very gently concave in apical third. Apex moderately elongate, wide, depressed, straight, triangular, obtuse at tip. Orificium elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, with two transverse, very densely denticulate scler- ites in middle at bottom, and another plate that is strongly sclerotized at its anterior left margin. Para- meres of dissimilar shape, left paramere short in comparison, though longer than right one, with triangular apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. The elytral pattern is quite variable in this species: in two specimens including the hol- otype the dark colour is reduced at the base of the elytra to such degree that the basal third is almost completely red. One of the two additional speci- mens from Kukugai village has the base completely dark, whereas in the single specimen from Konga Village the humeri are slightly less dark that the rest. The colouration of the elytral base in this spe- cies hence seems to be quite variable and may occu- py all grades from almost completely red to com- pletely black. The red apical margin, however, is quite similar in all examined specimens. The largest species also has the widest pronotum, thus, a sort of allometric variation may be present in this species. Distribution. Bougainville, Solomon Islands. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. Etymology. The name refers to the range of the species, the Solomon Islands. Relationships. With respect to elytral pattern, this seems to be a rather unique species in the Papuan- Australian region, though structure of aedeagus is extremely similar to those of L. subglabra, spec. nov. from New Guinea and L. novabritannica, spec. nov. from New Britain. Lebia permutata, spec. nov. Figs 15, 33, 47 Types. Holotype: d, Irian Jaya, Waropen Pr., Wapoga Riv. Kwadewa, km 62, Lux, 28.2.1999, A. Riedel (ZSM- CBM). Diagnosis. Comparatively large, narrowly cloud- ed species without microreticulation on head and pronotum; distinguished from related species by the very narrow, quadrate prothorax, the very acute apex of the aedeagus, and presence of a single, partly denticulate sclerite at roof of internal sac. Description Measurements. Length: 6.3 mm; width: 3.0 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.34; w pr/h: 1.0; 1/w el: 1.37; w el/ pr: 2.09. Colour (Fig. 33). Fore body and lower surface reddish, palpi, antennae, and legs light reddish. Surface of elytra reddish, with an indefinite, nar- row, brownish cloud that extends from near base, occupies the 2"! and 3" intervals, and leaves the apex widely light. Lateral margins of pronotum and elytra slightly lighter, yellowish. Head. Of average size and shape, as wide as pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by about 2 antennomeres. Labrum in middle near base very slightly impressed. Frons on either side with a circular impression behind clypeal su- ture and another behind near middle. Groove of anterior suprorbital seta large and deep. Surface without microreticulation, but with very scattered and fine punctures, highly glossy. Pronotum (Fig. 47). Narrow, not wider than head, remarkably quadrate, widest at middle. Api- cal angles widely rounded off, lateral margin gently Fig. 15. L. permutata, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. convex anteriorly, then almost straight, faintly sinu- ate in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, this part relatively wider than usual, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined, lateral margin narrowly explanate throughout, marginal channel slightly widened towards base, moderately deep. Surface with a distinet prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk only with highly superficial traces of microreticulation, with rather dense, fairly distinct transverse wrinkles and with very scattered punc- tures, surface highly glossy. Elytra. Medium sized (for group), rather oval- shaped, markedliy widened towards apex, widest well behind middle. Upper surface moderately con- vex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely con- vex, barely incised at basal third, apex very little sinuate, apical angles widely rounded, apical mar- gin slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throu- ghout. 3" interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupt- ed in middle. Intervals with moderately distinct, markedly transverse microreticulation and very scat- tered punctures, rather glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen very sparsely punc- tate and pilose, pilosity barely denser on terminal 228 sternite. Terminal sternite 4-setose in male. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 5 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 15). Genital ring large, rath- er narrow and elongate, gently asymmetric, nar- rowed towards apex, with narrow, obtuse apex and narrow, elongate basis. Aedeagus moderately elon- gate, asymmetrically widened in middle, barely sin- uate, lower surface almost straight, very gently con- cave at base of apex. Apex moderately elongate, depressed, straight, markedly triangular, slightly twisted. Orificium elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, with a partly denticulate, folded plate in middle at roof. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere fairly elongate, with somewhat obtuse apex; right paramere short but massive, asymmetri- cally rhomboidal. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Western Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. The holotype was col- lected at light. Etymology. The name refers to the high possibility to confound this species with certain quite similar New Guinean Lebia. Relationships. This species is fairly unique and cer- tainly less closely to any of the species of the papua- na-group that all other species. Lebia inornata, spec. nov. Fig. 48 Types. Holotype: d (immature), IRIAN JAYA, Sorong- Prov., leg. A. Riedel, 1996/Salawati Isl. Solol, 0-350 m, 6.-7.Xl. (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Comparatively large, unicolourous yel- lowish species with dense and distinct microreticu- lation on head and pronotum; distinguished from related species by the laterally markedly rounded, not sinuate pronotum. Description Measurements. Length: 5.6 mm; width: 2.8 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.50; w pr/h: 1.25; 1/w el: 1.30; w el/ pr: 1.85. Colour. Upper and lower surface uniformly yel- lowish (perhaps due to immaturity). Head. Ofaverage size and shape, narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by about 2 antennomeres. Labrum in middle near base very slightly impressed. Frons withou definite impressions, though surface with dense and complete, though rather superficial, isodimetric microreticulation and with very scattered and fine punctures, fairly glossy. Pronotum (Fig. 48). Moderately wide, wider than head, widest slightly behind middle. Apical angles very widely rounded off, lateral margin al- most completely convex, barely sinuate in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined, lateral margin rather wide and explanate throughout, marginal channel widened towards base, moderately deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk with rather dense, moderately superficial, slightly transverse microreticulation, with dense, fairly distinct transverse wrinkles and with very scattered punctures, surface moderately dull. Elytra. Rather short and wide (for group), oval- shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well behind middle. Upper surface moderately con- vex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely con- vex, barely incised at basal third, apex very little sinuate, apical angles widely rounded, apical mar- gin slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throu- ghout. 3“ interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupt- ed in middle. Intervals with moderately distinct, markedly transverse microreticulation and very scat- tered punctures, moderately glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen very sparsely punc- tate and pilose, pilosity barely denser on terminal sternite. Terminal sternite 4-setose in male. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 4, rarely 5 large teeth. Male genitalia. Due to immaturity of holotype aedeagus not well preserved nor sclerotized. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Salawati Island, off the west coast of New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Largely unknown, holo- type most probably collected by sifting in rain forest at low altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the absence of any dis- tinct elytral pattern. Relationships. Due to the unknown male genita- lia, the nearest relatives are yet uncertain, though this species is probably closely related to the New Guinean species mertioned above. Lebia laticollis, spec. nov. Figs 16, 49 Types. Holotype: d, 15.295 145.16E Mt. Cook Nat. Pk. Cooktown Q. 11-12 Oct. 1980 J. C. Cardale ex ethanol (ANIC). - Paratypes: 1%, N. E. Qld: 19.165, 147.03E, Mt Cleveland summit, 23 Mar 1991. Monteith. Pyrethr. Rain For. 500 m (QMB); 333, MEW: 21°35'S x 149°11’E, Cam- eron Creek, upper, 100 m, 1.Oct 1999. GB Monteith, py- rethrum trees, rainforest. 7793 (CBM, QMB); 13, SEQ: 23°37'5 x 150°28’E, Mt. Gavial, 3 km SSW, 27 Sep 1999. 320 m, G.B. Monteith, vinescrtub pyrethrum-trees. 7772 (QMB); 16, 15/4/Bamaga, N.Q. Jan, 1984 J. H. Sedlacek (QMB). Diagnosis. Rather small, unicolourous reddish spe- cies with dense and rather distinct microreticula- tion on head and pronotum; distinguished from related species by the remarkably wide, near base not sinuate pronotum. Description Measurements. Length: 4.5-4.8 mm; width: 2.2- 2.4 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.67-1.69; w pr/h: 1.30-1.32; l/w el: 1.31-1.34; w el/pr: 1.66-1.70. Colour. Whole upper and and lower surface, in- cluding mouth parts, palpi, and antennae light red- dish. Femora yellow, tibiae reddish, perceptibly darker than femora. Surface of elytra without any colour pattern. Head. Of average size and shape, clearly nar- rower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircu- 229 Fig. 16. L. laticollis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. lar. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of pronotum by about 2 antennomeres. La- brum in middle not impressed. Frons on either side with a circular impression behind clypeal suture and another elongate and slightly sinuate impres- sion near middle. Surface with dense though rather superficial isodiametric microreticulation, with scat- tered but rather coarse punctures, moderately glossy. Pronotum (Fig. 49). Unusually wide, consider- ably wider than head, widest at middle, but barely narrower towards base. Apical angles very widely rounded off, lateral margin anteriorly very convex, from middle almost straight, not sinuate in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly margined, lateral margin widely explanate throughout, marginal channeleven widened towards base, rather shallow. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk with dis- tinct, though somewhat superficial, isodiametric microreticulation, with fairly dense, rather coarse, irregular wrinkles and with very scattered punc- tures, surface moderately dull. Elytra. Medium sized (for group), rather oval- shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well behind middle. Upper surface moderately con- vex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely con- vex, barely incised at basal third, apex very little sinuate, apical angles widely rounded, apical mar- gin slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throu- 230 ghout. 3" interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupt- ed in middle. Intervals with distinct, moderately transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, rather glossy. Inner wings fully devel- oped. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen sparsely punctate and pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal ster- nite. Terminal sternite in male 2-setose, in female 4-setose. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 4 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 16). Very small in compari- son. Genital ring large, rather elongate, rather sym- metric, laterally absolutely parallel, with rather wide, almost evenly convex apex and narrow, elongate, slightly asymmetric basis. Aedeagus rather elon- gate, slightly widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface almost straight. Apex moderately elon- gate, depressed, straight, rather wide, at tip round- ed. Orificium comparatively short. Folding of inter- nalsac complex, with two remarkably coiled, densely denticulate sclerites in middle. Parameres of dis- similar shape, left paramere narrow and elongate in comparison, longer than right one, with obtusely triangular apex; right paramere short, rhomboidal, with produced, comparatively narrow apex. Variation. Very little variation noted. Distribution. Eastern Queensland, Australia. Fig. 17. L. atripennis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. Collecting circumstances. Most specimens captured by pyrethrum knockdown on logs in rain forest of median altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the very wide pronotum of this species. Relationships. With regard to body shape as well as to structure of male aedeagus, this species is quite unique within the Australian-New Guinean Lebia, and close relatives are so far unknwon. Lebia atripennis, spec. nov. Figs 17, 34 Types. Holotype: d, PNG: New Ireland Pr., New Ire- land, 5km SE Kamiraba, Lelet Plateau / 600-800 m, 03°15'33"S, 151°55'32’E, 11.11.2000, leg. A. Weigel KL (ZSM-CBM). Diagnosis. Rather small, reddish species with con- trasting black elytra; further distinguished from re- lated species by a complexly coiled, very densely denticulate sclerite in middle of internal sac of ae- deagus. Description Measurements. Length: 4.5 mm; width: 2.2 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.64; w pr/h: 1.28; 1/w el: 1.27; wel/ pr: 1.67. Colour (Fig. 34). Fore body, lower surface, mouth parts, palpi, and antennae light reddish. Elytra com- pletely and contrastingly unicolourous black, ex- cept for the very base, scutellum, and a narrow spot behind scutellum which are reddish. Femora yel- low, tibiae reddish, slightly darker than femora. Head. Of average size and shape, perceptibly narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicir- cular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of pronotum by about 2 antennomeres. La- brum in middle barely impressed. Frons without distinct impressions, but rather uneven. Surface with dense though somewhat superficial isodiametric microreticulation, with scattered fine punctures, moderately glossy. Pronotum. Wide, distinctly wider than head, widest at middle, slightly narrowed towards base. Apical angles very widely rounded off, lateral mar- gin anteriorly very convex, from middle gently con- vex, not sinuate in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral exci- sion deep, lateral parts of base transversal, gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base dis- tinctly margined. Lateral margin narrow in apical half, explanate posteriorly, marginal channel mark- edly widened towards base, rather shallow. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus. Disk with distinct isodiametric microreticulation, with fairly dense, rather coarse, irregular wrinkles and with very scattered punctures, surface moderately dull. Elytra. Rather short (for group), oval-shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well be- hind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, not in- cised at basal third, apical angles widely rounded, Fig. 18. L. trivittata, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. apex notatallsinuate, transverse and almost straight, apical margin not incurved at suture. Striae com- plete, deep, at bottom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throughout. 3" interval bipunctate, punc- tures situated at 3° stria. Series of marginal punc- tures not interrupted in middle. Intervals with dis- tinct, decidedly transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, rather glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum moderately elon- gate, less than 2 x as long as wide. Abdomen sparse- ly punctate and pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal sternite. Terminal sternite 4-setose in male. Legs. Of.moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 4 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 17). Genitalia comparative- ly small. Genital ring large, narrow and elongate, parallel, almost symmetric, with evenly convex apex and narrow, elongate basis. Aedeagus moderately elongate, slightly widened in middle, barely sinu- ate, lower surface straight, laterally slightly incised towards apex. Apex moderately elongate, depressed, straight, obtusely triangular. Orificium moderately elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, with a complexly coiled, very densely denticulate sclerite in middle. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left para- mere rather short in comparison, though longer than right one, with triangular apex; right paramere short, with obtuse apex. Variation. Unknown. 232 Distribution. New Ireland. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Largely unknown. The holotype was collected at median altitude, presum- ably in rain forest. Etymology. The name refers to the uniformly black elytra. Relationships. Concerning its external characters this species is closely related to the New Guinean species mentioned above, though the male genitalia are rather unique. Hence, this species may be rather isolated within the Australian-Papuan Lebia. Lebia trivittata, spec. nov. Figs 18, 35 Types. Holotype: d, Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. Sulawesi, Utara, Hogg’s Back (660 m), Sweeping, 23.X.1985, Leg. J. Van Stalle (IRSNB). — Paratypes: 234, 62%, same data (CBM, IRSNB). Diagnosis. Medium sized, yellow species with a contrasting dark, trivittate elytral pattern; further distinguished from related species including the fairly similarly patterned L. adusta, spec. nov., but except for L. subglabra, spec. nov., by two trans- verse, densely denticulate sclerites in middle at bot- tom of internal sac of aedeagus, and another plate that is strongly sclerotized at its left margin. Description Measurements. Length: 5.0-5.7 mm; width: 2.45- 2.7 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.38-1.46; w pr/h: 1.16-1.21; l/w el: 1.35-1.41; w el/pr: 1.90-2.0. Colour (Fig. 35). Upper and lower surface, in- cluding mouth parts, palpi, antennae, and legs yel- low. Elytra with a distinct pattern of three dark piceous to black vittae, one sutural and two sub- marginal ones which are united in posterior quarter and leave the apex broadly light. Head. Of average size and shape, narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by almost 3 antennomeres, median antenno- meres almost twice as long as wide. Labrum in middle gently impressed. Frons without distinct impressions, but with some shallow, longitudinal wrinkles near the eyes. Surface with distinct isodia- metric microreticulation, impunctate, moderately glossy. Pronotum. Comparatively narrow, slightly wid- er than head, widest at middle, slightly narrowed towards base. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral margin anteriorly very convex, from middle gently almost straight to very gently sinuate in front of the rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, rather convex. Apex not margined, base margined though indistinctly in middle. Lateral margin explanate throughout, explanation consid- erably widened towards base, marginal channel fair- ly deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus and slightly impressed median line. Disk with distinct, about isodiametric microreticulation, and with very fine, more or less irregular transverse wrinkles, apparently impunctate, surface moder- ately glossy. Elytra. Rather short and wide (for group), oval- shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well behind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apical angles widely rounded, apex gently sinuate, apical margin slight- ly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bot- tom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throughout. 3" interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3 stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in mid- dle. Intervals with distinct, gently transverse micro- reticulation and very scattered punctures, rather glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, about 2x as long as wide. Abdomen sparsely punctate and pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal ster- nite. Terminal sternite in male 4-setose, in female 6- setose. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 3 large and one additional smaller teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 18). Genitalia extremely sim- ilar to those of L. subglabra, spec. nov. Genital ring large, rather elongate, fairly asymmetric, remarka- bly widened towards apex, with wide, oblique and convex apex and narrow, semilunar basis. Aedea- gus rather narrow and elongate, slightly widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface straight, very gently concave in apical third. Apex rather elon- gate, depressed, straight, triangular. Orificium elon- gate. Folding of internal sac complex, with two trans- verse, very densely denticulate sclerites in’ middle at bottom, and another plate that is strongly sclero- tized at its anterior margin. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere short in comparison, though longer than right one, with triangular apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. Apart from some differences in size, little variation noted. Distribution. Sulawesi. Known only from type lo- cality. Collecting circumstances. All specimens collected by “sweeping” (vegetation). Etymology. The name refers to the trivittate elytral pat- tern. Relationships. With respect to elytral pattern, this species is very similar to the syntopic L. adusta, spec. nov., though structure of aedeagus is extremely similar to that of L. subglabra, spec. nov. from New Guinea. Lebia adusta, spec. nov. Figs 19, 36 Types. Holotype: d, Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. Sulawesi, Utara, Hogg’s Back (660 m), Sweeping, 23.X.1985, Leg. J. Van Stalle (IRSNB). — Paratype: 12, same data (CBM). Diagnosis. Rather small, yellow species with a lit- tle contrasting dark, trivittate elytral pattern; fur- ther distinguished from related species including the fairly similarly patterned L. trivittata, spec. nov. by the absence of any sclerotized or denticulate plates in the internal sac. Description Measurements. Length: 4.2-4.3 mm; width: 2.0- 2.05 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.43-1.44; w pr/h: 1.20- 1.21; 1/w el: 1.35-1.37; w el/pr: 1.92-1.93. Colour (Fig. 36). Upper and lower surface, in- cluding mouth parts, palpi, antennae, and legs yel- low. Elytra with a somewhat faded pattern of three 7 ELENA = - ERS | ET Te \ u. En IR > £ RB IE £ 5 AT FERN A Fig.19. L. adusta, spec.nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. dark piceous to black vittae, one sutural and two submarginal ones which are united in posterior quar- ter and leave the apex broadly light. Head. Of average size and shape, narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircular. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of prono- tum by about 2 antennomeres, median antennomer- es about 1.5x as long as wide. Labrum in middle gently impressed. Frons without distinct impres- sions and without any longitudinal wrinkles near eyes. Surface with rather distinct isodiametric mi- croreticulation, impunctate, fairly glossy. Pronotum. Comparatively narrow, slightly wid- er than head, widest at middle, slightly narrowed towards base. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral margin anteriorly very convex, from middle gently almost straight to very gently sinuate in-front ofthe rectangular basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transversal, rather convex. Apex not margined, base margined throughout. Lateral margin explanate throughout, explanation considerably widened to- wards base, marginal channel fairly deep. Surface with a distinct prebasal transverse sulcus and slightly impressed median line. Disk with rather distinct, about isodiametric microreticulation, and with very fine, more or less irregular transverse wrinkles, ap- parently impunctate, surface fairly glossy. Elytra. Rather short and wide (for group), oval- shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest 234 well behind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apical angles widely rounded, apex gently sinuate, apical margin slight- ly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bot- tom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throughout. 3" interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in mid- dle. Intervals with distinct though somewhat super- ficial, gently transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, rather glossy. Inner wings ful- ly developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum elongate, almost 2x as long as wide. Abdomen sparsely punctate and pilose, pilosity slightly denser on terminal ster- nite. Terminal sternite in male 4-setose, in female 6-setose. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 3 large teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 19). Genital ring elongate, narrow, slightly asymmetric, with rather wide, ob- lique and convex apex and narrow, elongate basis. Aedeagus elongate, widened in middle, barely sin- uate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex sym- metric, straight, moderately elongate, wide, de- pressed, tip obtuse. Orificium elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, but without any remarkably sclerotized or denticulate plates. Parameres of dis- similar shape, left paramere elongate in compari- son, though larger than right one, with triangular apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboi- dal, with characteristically produced apex. Variation. Due to scarce material little variation noted. Distribution. Sulawesi. Known only from type lo- cality. Collecting circumstances. Collected by “sweeping” (vegetation). Etymology. The name refers to the slightly darkened elytra of the species. Relationships. With respect to elytral pattern, this species is very similar to the syntopic L. trivittata, spec. nov., though structure of aedeagus is unique within the examined group of species. calycophora-group A group of rather small, mainly Oriental species bearing a characteristic dark elytral pattern on yel- low or light reddish ground. Apart from the species described below, several additional species exist in South and East Asia. Measurements and ratios see table 2. Lebia sedlaceki, spec. nov. Fig. 37 Types. Holotype (slightly damaged): ?, AUST., N. QLD, Bamaga, i.1984, J. H. Sedlacek (QMT123517). Diagnosis. Rather small, yellow species, character- ized by the contrasting, black elytral pattern of an narrow, elongate sutural stripe and an isolated lat- eral spot on either side behind middle. Description Measurements. Length: 4.75 mm; width: 2.3 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.51; w pr/h: 1.17; 1/w el: 1.36; w el/ Pr::1:92, Colour (Fig. 37). Upper and lower surface, in- cluding mouth parts, palpi, antennae, and legs light reddish. Elytra with a narrow brown sutural spot that is slightly widened near base and in apical half but does not attain the apex, and with an elongate, oval-shaped spot on either side behind middle on 5%.7%% intervals. Head. Of average size and shape, slightly nar- rower than pronotum. Eyes very large, semicircu- lar. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of pronotum by about 2 antennomeres. La- brum in middle gently impressed. Frons without distinct impressions, but somewhat uneven. Sur- face with distinct though somewhat superficial iso- diametric microreticulation, with scattered, very fine punctures, fairly glossy. Pronotum. Moderately wide, slightly wider than head, widest at middle, slightly narrowed towards base. Apical angles widely rounded off, lateral mar- gin anteriorly very convex, from middle gently con- vex, slightly sinuate in front of the about rectangu- lar basal angles. Base in middle much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base transver- sal, laterally towards angles gently convex. Apex margined except in middle, base distinctly mar- gined. Lateral margin moderately wide, explanate, explanation widened towards base, marginal chan- nel moderately deep. Surface with a distinct preba- sal transverse sulcus. Disk with distinct, about iso- diametric microreticulation, with very fine, rather irregular wrinkles and with very scattered punc- tures, surface rather dull. Elytra. Medium sized (for group), oval-shaped, markedly widened towards apex, widest well be- hind middle. Upper surface rather convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apical angles widely rounded, apex gently sinuate, apical margin slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenulate. Intervals convex throughout. 3" interval bipunctate, punctures situated at 3" stria. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in middle. In- tervals with distinct, almost isodiametric to gently transverse microreticulation and very scattered punctures, rather dull. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum rather elongate, al- most 2x as long as wide. Abdomen sparsely punc- tate and pilose, pilosity denser on terminal sternite. Terminal sternite 6-setose in female. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 4 large teeth. Male genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Northern tip of Cape York Peninsu- la, northern Queensland, Australia. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. Etymology. The name honours the collector of this and of a multitude of other species throughout New Guinea, the late J. Sedlacek. Relationships. In structure of elytral pattern this species is similar to the oriental L. calycophora Schmidt-Göbel and its allies. As the male genitalia are still unknown, relationships at present remain uncertain. foveipennis-group A group of unknown relationships. Both species described below are closely related and form a group of strangely shaped Lebia that are distinguished by the great number of large, foveate setiferous punc- tures on the odd elytral intervals, and the wide, laterally explanate pronota. I do not known any Lebia’s of similar appearance in the Oriental and Australian regions. Measurements and ratios see table 3. Lebia foveipennis, spec. nov. Figs 20, 38 Types. Holotype: d, Mt. Spec. N.Q. 4/69. GB./m 85./ Lebia papuensis Macl. det. B. P. Moore’69. / papuensis Macl 1303./J. G. Brooks Bequest, 1976 (ANIC). — Paratypes: 12, EwanRd. 10-12 mls. W. of Paluma, N.Q. 4-6.1.66. J. G. and J. A. G. Brooks (ANIC); 12, Paluma Range, 900 m, 75 km nw. Townsville, n.Qld., Australien, 25.12.81-18.1. 1982, M. Baehr (CBM); 1%, Mt. Fisher, 7 km SW Millaa Millaa NQ (Whiteing Rd) 5 May 1983, G. B. Monteith, D. K. Yeates/QM berlesate No. 584, 17.345 145.34E, Rain- forest 1200 m, sieved litter (QMB). Diagnosis. Large, uniformly brown to piceous spe- cies with setose and characteristically interrupted odd intervals; distinguished from related L. montei- thi, spec. nov. by smaller and narrower head and pronotum, posteriorly produced basal angles of pro- notum, not longitudinally impressed elytral inter- vals, trisetose 3", bisetose 5", but asetose 7!" inter- vals, absence of microreticulation on the elytra, and smaller aedeagus with a wide, very densely den- ticulate, transverse band that is only narrowly inter- rupted at left side of bottom of internal sac. Description Measurements. Length: 7.3-7.7 mm; width: 3.3- 3.7 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.55-1.58; w pr/h: 1.31-1.40; l/w el: 1.36-1.42; w el/pr: 1.68-1.72. Colour (Fig. 38). Chestnut brown with common- ly slightly darker head and centre of pronotum. Mouth parts, antennae, and legs of same brown colour. Head. Elongate, rather narrow in comparison to pronotum. Eyes large, projecting, though not sem- icircular, orbits small though present, oblique. An- tennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of pronotum by almost 3 antennomeres. Labrum in middle gently impressed. Frons without shallow impressions, somewhat uneven, inmiddle with very shallow, v-shaped impression. Surface without any microreticulation, with extremely scattered, barely discernable punctures, highly glossy. Pronotum. Wide, considerably wider than head, widest in anterior third, evenly narrowed towards base. Apical angles produced, widely rounded off, lateral margin anteriorly very convex, from middle gently convex, without any sinuation in front of the about rectangular though at tip obtuse basal angles. Base in middle very much produced, lateral exci- sion deep, lateral parts of base transversal to slight- ly oblique, because the basal angles are somewhat produced backwards. Apex margined throughout, base coarsely margined. Lateral margin very wide, explanate, explanation little widened towards base, marginal channel moderately deep. Apical angles with some short, inconspicuous hairs along margin. Surface with shallow anterior and quite deep pre- basal transverse sulcus and with well impressed median line. Disk without any microreticulation, surface rather uneven, in particular in marginal chan- nel wich is covered by irregular wrinkles and very coarse scattered punctures, surface highly glossy. Elytra. Comparatively elongate (for group), oval-shaped, markedly widened towards apex, wid- est well behind middle. Upper surface moderately convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apical angles widely rounded, apex gently sinuate, apical margin slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenulate. Intervals evenly convex throughout. 3" tripunctate, 5!" interval bipunctate, punctures very wide, foveiform. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in middle. Intervals with- out any microreticulation, with scattered fine and rather coarse punctures, highly glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum rather elongate, about 1.5 x aslong as wide. Abdomen sparsely punc- tate and pilose, pilosity denser on terminal sternite. Terminal sternite in male 4-setose, in female 6-setose. Legs. Of moderate size. 4" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 5 comparatively small teeth. Table 3. Measurements and ratios of the species of the foveipennis-group. N length w/lpr w pr/h l/wel w el/pr foveipennis 4 7.3-7.7 1.55-1.58 1.31-1.40 1.36-1.42 1.68-1.72 monteithi 6 7.9951 1.65-1.69 1.31-1.39 1.42-1.45 1.65-1.68 236 Fig. 20. L. foveipennis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. Male genitalia (Fig. 20). Genital ring large, rath- er elongate, slightly asymmetric, with rather nar- row, obtuse apex and moderately elongate basis. Aedeagus moderately elongate, rather compact, widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface basally almost straight, gently concave in apical third. Apex rather elongate, depressed, straight, slightly spoon-shaped. Orificium moderately elon- gate. Folding of internal sac complex, with a very wide, transverse, remarkably sinuate, very densely denticulate band that is only narrowly interrupted at left side of bottom. Parameres of dissimilar shape, left paramere elongate in comparison, longer than right one, with triangularly convex apex; right par- amere short but massive, rhomboidal. Variation. Rather little variation noted. Distribution. Northeastern Queensland from Mt. Spec plateau to Atherton Tableland, Australia. Collecting circumstances. One specimen collected by Berlese extraction from rainforest litter, another captured at light. All four recorded specimens sam- pled in upland rain forests. Etymology. The name refers to the conspicuous setifer- ous pits on the odd intervals. Relationships. Very closely related to L. monteithi, spec. nov. that lives in the same area. Lebia monteithi, spec. nov. Figs 21, 39 Types. Holotype: d, AUST: QLD: NE, 10 km W Bones Knob, 10 Dec 1995, Cook, Monteith & Thompson/QM BERLESATE 902, 17°13'S x 145°25’E, Rainforest, 1100 m, Leaf Litter (QMT123515). — Paratypes: 1?, same data (CBM); 12, NEQ: 16°35'S x 145°16'E, Upper Leichhardt Creek, 18 Nov. 1997, 840 m, G. B. Monteith 1627 Pyreth. on Bunya Pines (QMB); 12, NEQ: 16°34'5S x 145°18’E, Mt. Lewis Rd., 16 km from Highway, 18 Nov. 1997, 840 m, G. B. Monteith 1629 Pyrethrum, trees & logs (QMB); 12, NEQ: 17°27'S x 145°29'E, Tower nr. The Cra- ter NP, 10 Jan 1995 — 31 Mar 1995, Monteith & Hasen- pusch, Flt. intercept trap, 1230 m (QMB); 19, Windsor Tbld., 35km NNW Mt. Carbine, N. Qld. 25-26 Apr., 1982, 1050 m, 18, Mt. Fisher, 1050-1100 m, 7 km SW Millaa Millaa, N.Q. 27-29 Apr., 1982, Monteith, Yeates & Cook, Pyrethrum knockdown (QMB); 18, Charmillin Ck. Xing, 950 m, Tully Falls Rd., N. QLD 8 Dec 1989 — 5 Jan 1990, Montheith, Thompson & Janetzki, Pitfall & Intercept Traps (QMB); 1?, Hinchinbrook Is, NE. QLD. Gayundah Ck. 10 m, 7-15 Nov 1984, Monteith, Cook & Thompson (QMB); 734, 8??, QLD: 16°35'5 x 145°16E Leichhardt Crekk, upper 28 May 2003, G. B. Monteith Pyrethrum on Bunya Pine trunks, 1131 (CBM, QMB). Diagnosis. Large, uniformly brown to piceous spe- cies with setose and characteristically interrupted odd intervals; distinguished from related L. foveipen- nis, spec. nov. by larger and wider head and prono- tum, not produced basal angles of pronotum, longi- tudinally impressed elytral intervals, multisetose Fig. 21. L. monteithi, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Adeagus, lateral from left side, and ventral; parameres; genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. 34, 5, and 7°", intervals, presence of microreticula- tion on the elytra, and larger aedeagus with a nar- row denticulate band that is widely interrupted at lower left side and at bottom of internal sac. Description Measurements. Length: 7.9-9.1 mm; width: 3.7- 4.3 mm. Ratios: w/l pr: 1.65-1.69; w pr/h: 1.31-1.39; l/w el: 1.42-1.45; w el/pr: 1.65-1.68. Colour (Fig. 39). Chestnut brown to piceous with commonly slightly darker head and centre of pronotum. Mouth parts, antennae, and legs red- dish-brown. Head: Large and comparatively short, though rather narrow in comparison to pronotum. Eyes large, projecting, though not fully semicircular, or- bits small though present, oblique. Antennae of moderate size, surpassing basal angles of pronotum by about 3 antennomeres. Labrum in middle gently impressed. Frons without shallow impressions, somewhat uneven, in middle with very shallow, v-shaped impression. Surface without any microre- ticulation, with extremely scattered, barely discern- able punctures, highly glossy. Pronotum. Very wide, considerably wider than head, widest in anterior third, evenly narrowed to- wards base. Apical angles produced, widely round- ed off, lateral margin anteriorly very convex, from middle gently convex, without any sinuation in front of the very obtuse basal angles. Base in middle very 238 much produced, lateral excision deep, lateral parts of base slightly convex, basal angles not produced backwards. Apex very inconspicuously margined, base coarsely margined. Lateral margin very wide, explanate, explanation little widened towards base, marginal channel moderately deep. Apical angles with some short, inconspicuous hairs along margin. Surface with shallow anterior and quite deep pre- basal transverse sulcus and with well impressed median line. Disk without any microreticulation, surface rather uneven, in particular in marginal chan- nel which is covered by irregular wrinkles and very coarse scattered punctures, surface highly glossy. Elytra. Comparatively elongate (for group), oval-shaped, markedly widened towards apex, wid- est well behind middle. Upper surface moderately convex. Humeri rounded, lateral margin obliquely convex, barely incised at basal third, apical angles widely rounded, apex gently sinuate, apical margin slightly incurved at suture. Striae complete, deep, at bottom barely crenulate. Intervals convex though irregularly longitudinally impressed in middle. 3°“, 5%, and 7'° intervals multipunctate, punctures very wide, foveiform. Series of marginal punctures not interrupted in middle. Intervals with rather dis- tinct, slightly transverse microreticulation, with scat- tered fine and rather coarse punctures, glossy. Inner wings fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum rather elongate, about 1.5x aslong as wide. Abdomen sparsely punc- tate and pilose, pilosity denser on terminal sternite. Terminal sternite in male 4-setose, in female 6-setose. Legs. Of moderate size. 4'" tarsomeres very deeply excised. Tarsal claws with 5 comparatively small teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 21). Genital ring large, rath- er elongate, barely asymmetric, with fairly wide, obtuse apex and moderately elongate basis. Aedea- gus moderately elongate, rather compact, widened in middle, barely sinuate, lower surface basally al- most straight, gently concave in apical third. Apex rather elongate, depressed, straight, obtuse at tip. Orificium moderately elongate. Folding of internal sac complex, with a narrow, transverse, remarkably sinuate, denticulate band that is widely interrupted at lower left side and at bottom. Parameres of dis- similar shape, left paramere elongate in compari- son, longer than right one, with triangularly convex apex; right paramere short but massive, rhomboi- dal, with triangularly projecting apex. Variation. Apart from some differences in body size, little variation noted. Distribution. Northeastern Queensland from Wind- sor Tableland and Mt. Lewis in the north down to Hitchinbrook Island north of Ingham, Australia. Collecting circumstances. Specimens were collect- ed in rainforest, on Bunya Pines (Araucaria), by ber- lese extraction of litter, pyrethrum knockdown, and in flight intercept traps. Etymology. The name honours the collector of this and a multitude of other new ground beetles throughout Queensland, G. B. Monteith. Relationships. Very closely related to L. foveipen- nis, spec. nov. that lives in the same area. Uncertain species Lebia basipunctata Motschulsky Lebia basipunctata Motschulsky, 1864: 227; Csiki 1932: 1325; Moore et al. 1987: 308; Lorenz 1998: 456. Note. This species is rather enigmatic. It was enu- merated by Motschulsky as Lebia basipunctata Chau- doir, from an unknown locality, in a key, but with- out any other information. The types should be deposited in Museum national de l’Histoire Na- turelle, Paris, but could not been found there when I recently looked for them. In his catalogue, Moore (Moore at al. 1987: 308) mentioned it as a nomen nudum, and since Motschulsky’s “description” no records of the species are known. I believe that Moore’s opinion is appropriate and thus, this spe- cies is omitted from the key below. Recognition Certainly, it is far outside of the scope of the present work to give a key to all south Asiatic species of the genus Lebia, hence the key is restricted to the species from New Guinea, the surrounding islands, the Bis- marck Archipelago, Solomon Islands, and Austral- ia. Because Darlington (1968) in his key to the Lebia of New Guinea noted and wrongly identified the Oriental L. karenia Bates, this species also is included in the key below, although it does not occur within the treated area. Two new species from Sulawesi are also included in the key. Key to the species of the genus Lebia from Australia, New Guinea, New Britain, New Ireland, and Solomon Islands 1. Outer apical angles of elytra angulate............ 2. - Outer apical angles of elytra rounded ............ 3: 2. Colour dark piceous; prothorax wider, c.1.7x as wide as long, margins distinctly sinuate near basal angle; elytra <1.75x as wide as prothorax. Papua New Guinea ......endynomena Darlington - Colour reddish; prothorax narrower, c. 1.55x as wide as long, margins not or barely sinuate near basal angle; elytra >1.9x as wide as prothorax. Papua New Guinea ............ externa Darlington 3. Elytra with conspicuous and well confined pat- LEARN Sn neseneeeeoe er an Ba e 4. - Elytra without conspicuous and well confined pattern, at most with indefinite dark cloud 15. 4. Elytra light reddish, with wide, parallel, black longitudinal sutural band that occupies the four inner intervals and does not reach the apex. Nustraliake. ee melanonota Chaudoir 5. Elytra with black anchor-shaped mark, or dark with large yellow humeral and apical lunules or with dark sutural and isolate lateral stripes (Figs 2226, 35-37) .....:: 2 mes een 6. zeElyfral pattern. different nee. 12, 6. Elytra with black sutural stripe and an isolate spot on either elytron (Fig. 37). Northern Aus- rs N Rn. sedlaceki, spec. nov. - Elytra with black anchor-shaped mark, or dark with large humeral and apical lunules (Figs 22- 26, 35, 36). India, Burma, Thailand, Sulawesi, NEW. Guinea, Australia rsserrnensseragshnesantunsnräen 7, Figs 22-30. Habitus (body lengths in brackets). 22. Lebia karenia Bates (6.8 mm). 23, 24. L. darlingtoniana, spec. nov. (7.3 and 7.7 mm). Different types of elytral pattern. 25. L. brisbanensis, spec. nov. 26. L. fallaciosa, spec. nov. (7.5 mm). 27. L. australica, nom. nov. (5.4mm). 28. L. gemina, spec. nov. (5.6 mm). 29. L, insularum Darlington (7.1 mm). 30. L. cordifer Darlington (6.2 mm). 240 38 Figs 31-39. Habitus (body lengths in brackets). 31. L. novabritannica, spec. nov. (5.2 mm). 32. L. salomona, spec. nov. (5.3 mm). 33. L. permutata, spec. nov. (6.3 mm). 34. L. atripennis, spec. nov. (4.5 mm). 35. L. trivittata, spec. nov. (5.5 mm). 36. L. adusta, spec. nov. (4.2 mm). 37. L. sedlaceki, spec. nov. (4.75 mm). 38. L. foveipennis, spec. nov. (7.5 mm). 39. L. monteithi, spec. nov. (9.1 mm). 24] 10. tl. 242 Larger species, length >6.2 mm; dark sutural spot covering two or three intervals, spot mark- edly widened at base (Figs 22-26) ................ 8. Smaller species, length <5.5 mm; dark sutural spot covering only the sutural interval, not wid- enedatwbaseg(E125239, SO) il. Apex of dark elytral spot characteristically an- gulate, marginal pores encircled by a small red- dish spot (Fig. 22); pronotum densely microre- ticulate, dull; aedeagus barely widened, with elongate, acute apex, internal sac with three small denticulate sclerites (Fig. 1). India, Burma, Thai- land een na.ernsnassaresennen karenia Bates Apex of dark elytral spot not angulate, marginal pores unicolourous (Figs 23-26); pronotum bare- ly microreticulate, shining; aedeagus widened in middle or near apex, with shorter, more ob- tuse apex, internal sac either without any den- ticulate sclerites (Fig. 4) or with sinuate denticu- late band at bottom (Figs 2, 3). Sulawesi, New Guinea, Australia Apical spot of elytra larger, less oblique, or apex of elytra completely yellow; apical margin less sinuate (Figs 23-25); margin of pronotum nar- rower, surface less glossy; aedeagus widest near apex, internal sac at bottom with conspicuous, sinuate, denticulate band (Figs 2, 3) 11), Apical spot of elytra smaller, oblique, apex of elytra never completely yellow; apical margin more deeply sinuate (Fig. 26); margin of prono- tum wider, surface glossier; aedeagus widest in middle, internal sac without any denticulate scle- ritesi (Kies) 3 Newa@uimear en een Dark sutural spot and lateral margin completely separated (Fig. 25); aedeagus with more com- plexly sinuate denticulate band that extends to both sides (Fig. 3). Australia: southeastern Queens- land brisbanensis, spec. noV. Dark sutural spot and lateral margin separated or not (Figs 23, 24); aedeagus with less complex- ly sinuate denticulate band that extends only to right side (Fig. 2). Sulawesi, New Guinea Mi N darlingtoniana, spec. nov. Larger species, length usually >5 mm; colour pattern extensive and distinct (Fig. 35); antenna slightly longer, median antennomeres almost 2x as long as wide; aedeagus with two trans- verse, very densely denticulate sclerites in mid- dle at bottom of internal sac, and another plate that is strongly sclerotized at its anterior margin (BieS1l5)rSulawest...ree trivittata, spec. nov. 1. 13: 14. 15; 16. Smaller species, length usually < 4.5 mm; colour pattern less extensive and more faded (Fig. 36); antenna slightly shorter, median antennomeres about 1.5x as long as wide; aedeagus without any sclerotized or denticulate plates in internal sac (Fig. 19). Sulawesi ............ adusta, spec. nov. Elytra dark with light cordiform spot (Fig. 30); aedeagus with a transverse, densely denticu- late, conspicuously sinuate, virtually uninter- rupted sclerite (Fig. 11). New Guinea, northern PSUStTaa Re eeseneaeneenien ee cordifer Darlington Length >7 mm; elytra with wide, transverse, anterorly and posteriorly serrate, blue band in middle that broadly attains the lateral margin. Australian auseesee essen bicolor (Sloane) Length < 5.5 mm; elytra with large black spot. Distribution different ...................220002200022eee 14. Elytra with rather triangular, black spot in mid- die that does not attain the lateral margin (Fig. 31); pronotum slightly wider, ratio width/ length >1.52; genital ring wider, remarkably widened towards apex (Fig. 13). New Britain . En nsssacien nenne novabritannica, spec. NOV. Elytra either with wide black spot that broadly attains the lateral margin and with a narrow dark humeral stripe along 8'* interval, or almost completely dark with light apex (Fig. 32); pro- notum slightly narrower, ratio width/length <1.51; genital ring narrower, barely widened towards apex (Fig. 14). Bougainville, Solomon Islandspee en nee: salomona, spec. nov. Colouration contrasting with light fore body and unicolourous dark elytra (Figs 29, 34) .. 16. Colouration not contrasting, either elytra uni- colourous light, or with an indistinct, slightly darkerieloud (Fies. 27255829 pr 18. Length >7 mm; pronotum wider, ratio width/ length c. 1.8 (Figs 29, 45); aedeagus with a trans- verse, densely denticulate, conspicuously sinu- ate sclerite that is narrowly interrupted at bot- tom and at the upper right side of internal sac (Fig. 10). Islands east to Papua Peninsula, Papua New-@timean.......eee insularum Darlington Length <5 mm; Ppronotum narrower, ratio width / length c. 1.65 (Figs 34, 46); aedeagus either with a complexly coiled, very densely denticulate scle- rite in middle of internal sac (Fig. 17), or with two transverse, very densely denticulate sclerites at bottom and another strongly sclerotized plate at left margin of internal sac (Fig. 12) ............ 17% 17. Colour of elytra black; pronotum narrower, ra- 18. 19; 20. 2e tio width/length <1.3 (Fig. 34); aedeagus with a complexly coiled, very densely denticulate scle- rite in middle of internal sac (Fig. 17). New ee ee atripennis, spec. noV. Colour of elytra dark piceous; pronotum wider, ratio width / length > 1.35 (Fig. 46); aedeagus with two transverse, very densely denticulate scler- ites at bottom and another strongly sclerotized plate at left margin of internal sac (Fig. 12). New e@umea en. subglabra, spec. nov. 3“ and 5" intervals polysetose, setiferous punc- tures foveate, distinctly interrupting the inter- KalsiEies88,89 ask ta. 19, Only 3“ interval bisetose, setiferous punctures fine, not interrupting the intervals ................ 20. Intervals evenly convex, without microreticula- tion; 3° interval trisetose, 5% intervals bisetose, 7" interval asetose; basal angles of pronotum produced backwards (Fig. 38); aedeagus small- er, with wide, very densely denticulate, trans- verse band that is narrowly interrupted at left side of bottom of internal sac (Fig. 20). North- eastern Australia .............. foveipennis, spec. nov. Intervals longitudinally impressed or even sul- cate, with distinct microreticulation; 34, 5", and 7" intervals multisetose; basal angles of prono- tum not produced backwards (Fig. 39); aedea- gus larger, with narrow, far less densely den- ticulate, transverse band that is widely inter- rupted at lower left side and at bottom of inter- nal sac (Fig. 21). Northeastern Australia ........... FE nl. monteithi, spec. nov. Pronotum and head not microreticulate (Figs El, 2 eek EEE EIER ERLERNEN DE 2]. Pronotum, and usually also head, perceptibly microreticulate (Figs 40, 41, 44, 46, 48, 49) ... 23. Prothorax narrow, ratio width length <1.35, not wider than head (Fig. 47); elytra with indistinct dark cloud on 2-3 inner intervals (Fig. 33); ae- deagus with basally wide, remarkably triangu- lar apex, internal sac with partly denticulate, folded plate in middle at roof (Fig. 15). Irian Jaya LO LETTER permutata, spec. noV. Prothorax wider, ratio width length <1.5, wider than head (Figs 42, 43); elytra without dark cloud on2-3inner intervals, usually unicolorous, some- times slightly darker than fore body (Fig. 28); aedeagus with narrowly triangular apex, inter- nal sac with transverse, densely denticulate scle- rite running either from the roof on the left side along right side to bottom (Fig. 7), or with a trans- 22: 28: 24. 25. verse, sinuate, at bottom distinctly interrupted, denticulate band (Fig. 8). New Guinea 22 Prothorax narrower, barely wider than head (Fig. 42); usually slightly smaller species, length 4.5- 5.2 mm; aedeagus delicate, with narrowly trian- gular, almost symmetrically situated apex, in- ternal sac with transverse, densely denticulate sclerite running from the roof on the left side along the right side to bottom (Fig. 7). New Guin- ea, north-eastern Australia... OR , papuella Darlington Prothorax wider, considerably wider than head (Fig. 43); usually slightly larger species, length 4.8-6.0 mm; aedeagus compact, with narrow, elon- gate apex asymmetrically situated at right side, internal sac with a transverse, sinuate, denticu- late band that is interrupted at bottom (Fig. 8). Papua New Guinea .............. gemina, spec. nov. Pronotum very wide in comparison to head, ratio width of pronotum/width of head 1.32, with remarkably incurved anterior angles (Fig. 49), elytra shorter and wider, ratio length / width 1.66; aedeagus small with rather elongate, at tip rounded apex, internal sac with two remarkably coiled, densely denticulate sclerites in middle (Fig. 16). North-eastern Australia ..................... ER laticollis, spec. nov. Pronotum narrower in comparison with head, ratio width of pronotum/ width of head <1.25, with less widely incurved anterior angles (Figs 40, 41, 44, 46, 48); elytra longer and narrower, ratio length/width >1.78; aedeagus different (Bi85:9, 6,9, Do)... nn 24. Microreticulation of head distinct and complete; pronotum wide and rather incurved towards apex (Fig. 44); aedeagus with wide, obtuse apex, internal sac with many dentiform sclerites (Bie29)- New Guinea men barda Darlington Microreticulation of head superficial and incom- plete; pronotum commonly narrower, always less incurved towards apex (Figs 40, 41, 46, 48); internal sac of aedeagus with a transverse, sinu- ate, denticulate band (Figs 5, 6), or with two denticulate sclerites in middle at bottom (Fig. 12), OR UNKNOWN «2cnusnseanunzenspnchoenenseabpanennspBrenatennan har Microreticulation of pronotum rather superfi- cial (Fig. 46); elytra either unicolourous reddish or with large, slightly darker cloud; aedeagus with basally wide, symmetric, triangular apex, internal sac with two transverse, very densely denticulate sclerites at bottom and another strongly sclerotized plate at its left margin (Fig. 12). New Guinea ....... subglabra, spec. nov. - Microreticulation of pronotum very distinct (Figs 40, 41, 48); elytra unicolourous reddish; aedea- gus with narrow, elongate apex asymmetrically situated at right side, internal sac with a trans- verse, sinuate, denticulate band (Figs 5, 6), or uUNnKNOwWmE.. en en ne else saeees teren 26. 26. Pronotum narrower, ratio width/length 1.50 (Fig. 48); elytra shorter and wider, ratio length/ width 1.30; aedeagus unknown. Salawati Island, west of Irian Jaya ................. inornata, spec. NOV. - Pronotum wider, ratio width / length > 1.52, com- monly wider (Figs 40, 41) (if ratio under 1.55, then from central eastern Queensland); elytra longer and narrower, ratio length/ width >1.35; aedeagus with narrow, elongate apex asymmet- rically situated at right side, internal sac with a transverse, sinuate, denticulate band (Figs 5, 6) EN RE TEE RNIT DH: 27. Larger species, body length 6.2 mm; pronotum wider, ratio width/ length 1.38 (Fig. 40); internal sac of aedeagus with a transverse, sinuate, unin- terrupted, denticulate band (Fig. 5). Papua New Cumeak en papuensis Macleay - Smaller species, body length <5.6 mm; prono- tum narrower, ratio width/ length <1.35 (Fig. 41); internal sac of aedeagus with a transverse, sinu- ate, at bottom distinctly interrupted, denticulate band (Fig. 6). central eastern and southeastern Queensland ......................... australica, nom. noV. Remarks Although the number of species is increased sub- stantially in this paper, it must be noted that few species only are available in sufficient numbers, whereas of several species only the holotype is known, or they are so far recorded only from the type locality. As mentioned above, this may be main- ly due to the habitat that most species prefer, name- ly the canopy of rain forest, or at least branches and leaves of trees in dense forest. Therefore, many spe- cies are best sampled by canopy fogging or beating, and this may apply in particular to the small species of the papuensis-group. In view of the very few fogging surveys that have been carried out so far in the rain forests of New Guinea and Australia, not to speak from New Britain, New Ireland and addition- al islands to the east and southeast of New Guinea, the number of species may be substantially increased in future as such surveys are intensified and carried out at additional localities. The large numbers of L. papuella and L. gemina collected at Baiteta (Papua New Guinea), and those of L. australica at certain 244 localities in eastern Queensland demonstrate that those small Lebia’s may be quite common where they occur. Certain species also may be fogged from the bark of standing trees, as for example the fine series of L. monteithi in northern Queensland. Even with the additional new species, the genus Lebia in the Papuan-Australian area evidently is becoming less speciose and is reaching its eastern limits. Australia, however, is unique for the occur- rence of some conspicuous species, e.g. of the foveipennis-lineage which is unknown elsewhere. Even more striking is the existence — and on Mt. Fisher even the coexistence — of two closely related species of this group, which means that this lineage should be a rather old endemic element of the Aus- tralian fauna. The other Australian species, except for the likewise unique L. bicolor and L. melanonota, apparently immigrated rather recently and proba- bly they all came from New Guinea. L. papuella and L. cordifer even seem to be very young immigrants, because they do not seem to have passed through any morphological change or taxonomic diversifi- cation in Australia. Remarkably enough is the repeated sympatric and probably also syntopic coexistence of two or even three externally similar, extremely closely re- lated species at certain localities that are only distin- guished by their differently shaped and structured male aedeagi. This is true for L. papuella and L. gemina at Baiteta (New Guinea), for L. trivittata and L. adus- ta at Hogg’s Back (Sulawesi), and for L. foveipennis and L. monteithi at Mt. Fisher. (Queensland). At all localities specimens of either species were collected at the same date and by the same sampling method which means that they most probably live at the same time on the same spot. Similar coexistence may likewise occur in other species in and outside of the region mentioned in this paper. This raises questions as to which factors inhibit cross-breeding, or as to competition for food between so extremely similarly shaped and closely related species. Checklist of the species of the genus Lebia of the Papuan-Australian region Sulawesi New Ireland Australia: e. Queensland New Guinea Australia adusta, spec. nov. atripennis, spec. NOV. australica, spec. noV. barda Darlington bicolor (Sloane) brisbanensis, spec. nov. Australia: se. Queensland cordifer Darlington c. New Guinea, n. Australia darlingtoniana, spec. nov. Sulawesi, New Guinea endynomena Darlington e. New Guinea externa Darlington e. New Guinea fallaciosa, spec. nov. New Guinea 49 Figs 40-49. Pronotum. 40. Lebia papuensis Macleay. 41.L. australica, nom.nov. 42.L. papuella Darlington. 43. L. gemina, spec. nov. 44. L. barda Darlington. 45. L. insularum Darlington. 46. L. subglabra, spec. nov. 47. L. permutata, spec. nov. 48. L. inornata, spec. nov. 49. L. laticollis, spec. nov. Australia: ne. Queensland e. New Guinea w. New Guinea: Salawati Is. e. New Guinea: Normanby Is, Rossel Is. Australia: e. Queensland foveipennis, spec. nov. gemina, spec. NOV. inornata, spec. NOV. insularum Darlington laticollis, spec. nov. melanonota Chaudoir n. Australia monteithi, spec. Nov. Australia: ne. Queensland novabritannica, spec. nov. New Britain papuella Darlington New Guinea, Australia: ne. Queensland se. New Guinea w. New Guinea Solomon islands: Bougainville Australia: ne. Queensland w. New Guinea Sulawesi papuensis Macleay permutata, spec. NOV. salomona, spec. noV. sedlaceki, spec. nov. subglabra, spec. nov. trivittata, spec. NOV. Acknowledgements My sincere thanks for the kind loan or gift of types and material for study are due to Dr. T. Deuve (Paris), Mr. A. Drumont (Bruxelles), Dr. E. G. Matthews (Adelaide), Dr. G. B. Monteith (Brisbane), Dr. A. Riedel (Karlsruhe), Dr. G. A. Samuelson (Honolulu), Mr. A. Skale (Hof), Mr.R. Storey (Mareeba), Mr. A. Weigel (Pößneck), and Mr. T. A. Weir (Canberra). References Bates, H. W. 1892. Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania eregione vicine, XLIV: List of the Carabidae. - Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova 32: 267-428 246 Csiki, E. 1932. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Vol. II. Carab- idae III: Pars 124, Harpalinae VII: 1279-1598. - W. Junk, Berlin Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The Carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae continued. Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. — Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 139: 1-253 Lorenz, W. 1998. Systematic List of extant Ground Bee- tles of the World (Insecta Coleoptera “Geadepha- ga”: Trachypachidae and Carabidae incl. Pauss- inae, Cicindelinae. Rhysodidae). - Tutzing, printed by the author. 502 pp. Macleay, W. 1871. Notes on a collection of insects from Gayndah. - Trans. Ent. Soc. New South Wales 2: 79-205 -- 1876. The Coleoptera of the Chevert Expedition. — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 1: 164-168 Moore, B. P., T. A. Weir & J. E. Pyke 1987. Rhysodidae and Carabidae. In: Zoological Catalogue of Aus- tralia, 4: 17-320. - Australian Government Publish- ing Service, Canberra Motschulsky, V. 1864. Enumeration des nouvelles espec- es de Col&opteres rapportes de ses voyages. 4-£me article. — Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 37: 171-240 Sloane, T. G. 1907. Studies in Australian Entomology. No. XV. New genera and species of Carabidae, with some notes of synonymy (Clivinini, Scaritini, Cuni- pectini, Trigonotomini and Lebiini). — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 32: 346-381 -- 1917. Carabidae from tropical Australia (New gen- era and species, notes and synonymy, and synoptic tables. Tribes Scaritini, Harpalini, Odacanthini, Lebiini, and Helluonini). — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 42: 406-438 SPIXIANA 247-251 München, 01. November 2004 | ISSN 0341-8391 A new species of the genus Aristolebia Bates from Thailand, with notes on some Papuan and Australian species (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae) Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (2004): A new species of the genus Aristolebia Bates from Thailand, with notes on some Papuan and Australian species (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae). — Spixiana 27/3: 247-251 Aristolebia crucigera, spec. nov. is described from northern Thailand. From all other species except for the New Guinean A. capitis Darlington the new species is distinguished at the first glance by the cruciate elytral pattern. From the latter species it differs by its narrower pronotum, angulate sutural angle of elytra, and presence of 7 teeth on the tarsal claws. Examination of the type of the Australian cyclosomine species Sarothrocrepis mucronata Sloane reveals that this species actually belongs in the genus Aristolebia of Lebiinae and is conspecific with A. papua Darlington from New Guinea. As a consequence, the latter name becomes a younger synonym of A. mucronata (Sloane). Additional records of Australian and New Guinean species of Aristolebia are dealt with. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: martin.baehr@zsm.mwn.de Introduction In the material collected by H. Malicky and co- workers at different localities in northern Thailand by means of regular sampling at light, few speci- mens of an undescribed species of the lebiine genus Aristolebia Bates were detected that proved to be- long to a new species which is described in the present paper. The six recorded species of the characteristically shaped lebiine genus Aristolebia Bates are distribu- ted from southern India to China and the Philip- pines, and also from New Guinea to northern Aus- tralia (North Queensland) (Csiki 1932, Jedlicka 1963, Darlington 1968, Moore et al. 1987, Lorenz 1998). According to Darlington (1968) one species also oc- curs on or near Sulawesi. Main differentiating char- acters of the genus are the angulate external angle of the elytra, the concave excision of the elytral apex, the semicircular pronotum, and presence of two preapical excisions at the inner surface of the meso- tibia in males. In many other characters, Aristolebia is rather similar to the large genus Lebia sensu lato with which Aristolebia certainly is closely related. During a recent visit to certain Australian insect collections material of Australian and New Guir >- an species of Aristolebia was examined and the ty »e of a species of Aristolebia was identified that was so far wrongly included in another genus and even another subfamily. Methods For the taxonomic treatment standard methods are used. The male genitalia were removed from specimens soaked for a night in a jar under wet atmosphere, then cleaned for a short while in hot KOH. The habitus photograph was obtained by a digital camera using SPOT Advanced for Windows 3.5 and subsequently were worked with Corel Photo Paint 10. Measurements were taken using a stereo micro- scope with an ocular micrometer. Length has been meas- Fig. 1. Aristolebia crucigera, spec. nov. Habitus. Length: 5.7 mm. ured from apex of labrum to apex of elytra. Lengths, therefore, may slightly differ from those of other au- thors. Length of pronotum was measured from the most advanced part of base to the most advanced part of apex; Length of elytra was taken from the most advanced part of humerus to the most advanced apex of elytra inclu- ding apical denticles or spines. Ratios are somewhat variable in most species, but generally they offer rather good measures of relative shape. The types of the new species are preserved in Zool- ogische Staatssammlung, München (ZSM) and in the working collection of the author (CBM) in ZSM. Other material is from Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra (ANIC), B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu (BMH), Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. (MCZ), Queensland Museum, Brisbane (QMB), and South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAMA). 248 Aristolebia crucigera, spec. nov. Kies], 2 Types. Holotype: 4, Thailand, Doi Inthanon, 17.-24.5. 1990, leg. Malicky (ZSM). — Paratypes: 16, Thailand, Doi Inthanon, 5.-12.2.1991, leg. Malicky (CBM); 12, Thai- land, Chiang Mai Zoo, 16.-23.11.1989, leg. Malicky (ZSM). Differential diagnosis. Rather small species (in ge- nus), distinguished at the first glance by the cruciate elytral pattern that leaves the apex of elytra light, but has the black central macula united with the black lateral stripe. Apart from colour pattern, this species is distinguished from the three Oriental spe- cies A. davaonis Heller, A. prattiana Bates, A. quadri- dentata Bates, and the New Guinean and North Australian A. mucronata (Sloane) (formerly A. papua Darlington - see note below) by its much lesser size. From the similarly sized New Guinean A. wau Dar- lington it is distinguished by the vividly patterned elytra, and from the most similarly coloured New Guinean A. capitis Darlington it is distinguished by relatively narrower pronotum, angulate instead of rounded sutural angle of elytra, and presence of 7 instead of 5 teeth on the tarsal claws. Description Measurements. Length: 5.7-7.4mm; width: 2.5- 3.3 mm. Ratios. Width/length of pronotum: 1.45- 1.54; width of head/ width of pronotum: 0.74-0.84; length/ width of elytra: 1.52; width of elytra/ width of pronotum 1.61-1.78. Colour (Fig. 1). Head including mouth parts, and pronotum reddish, margins of pronotum slightly lighter, head between posterior half of eyes with a dark reddish or light brownish transverse stripe. Elytra yellow with a piceous or in parts even black- ish cruciate pattern as depicted in fig. 1 that leaves the lateral margin narrowly and the apex very widely yellow. Head. Of moderate size. Eyes very large, semi- circular, laterally remarkably protruding. Labrum anteriorly slightly convex, 6-setose. Mentum with shallow, apically slightly bifid tooth. Glossa elon- gate, polysetose at apex, paraglossae wide, folia- ceous, as long as glossa and fused to it, densely setose at margin. Galea with wide, rather depressed last segment that is extremely densely pilose. Lacin- ia large, with very elongate terminal hook and rath- er dense row of teeth at inner margin. Palpi of normal size, very sparsely pilose. Mentum asetose, but submentum with a very elongate seta at either side. Mandible short and wide, evenly curved. An- tenna fairly elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by almost three antennomeres, pilose from 4 an- tennomere. Labrum and clypeus with fine and sparse punctures, frons and neck with coarse and rather rugose puncturation. Microreticulation isodiamet- ric, though superficial, therefore surface glossy. Pronotum. Moderately wide, though rather var- iable. Anteriorly about semicrcular, widest about at middle, but little narrowed towards base, thus, base by far wider than apex. Apex almost straight, apical angles widely rounded, lateral margin convex throu- ghout, basal angle about right, though slightly ob- tuse at tip, base in middle convex, produced. Apex narrowly margined, base in middle not or very fee- bly margined. Apical transverse sulcus and median line shallow, basal transverse sulcus deeply im- pressed. Lateral margin anteriorly narrow, widened and explanate towards base. Disk gently convex. Anterior lateral seta situated about at anterior third, slightly removed from margin, posterior seta at ba- sal angle. Surface of disk with very irregular, rugose sulci, rather coriaceous, also with scattered punc- tures, and with distinct, isodiametric microreticula- tion, moderately glossy. Elytra. Rather elongate, gently widened towards apex, widest about at apical third. Humeri evenly rounded, lateral margin faintly bisinuate at basal third, then gently convex. External apical angle an- gulate, forming a short, acute denticle. Sutural an- gle with very short denticle, apex gently oblique, straight, only near external angles slightly excised. Striae complete, well impressed, not or very feebly crenulate. Intervals convex. 3" interval with two fixed setae, both situated at external margin of in- terval, the anterior one at about basal third, the posterior one behind apical fourth. Intervals im- punctate, though with almost isodiametric, some- what superficial microreticulation, rather glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. Lower surface. With very sparse pilosity. Met- episternum very elongate, >2.5x longer than wide. Terminal sternite in male quadrisetose, in female six-setose, in both sexes with fairly dense and rather elongate additional pilosity. Legs. Of average size. 4" tarsomeres of all legs widened, deeply (>half of tarsomere) excised, in both sexes with dense tarsal brush. 5" tarsomere with two rows of several setae on lower margin. Claws with 7 elongate teeth. Male genitalia (Fig. 2). Both, aedeagus includ- ing parameres, and genital ring very heavily sclero- tized. Genital ring very large, almost twice the length of the aedeagus, narrow, gently convex, symmetric, with shoehorn-shaped, symmetric apex that is re- markably curved inwards. Aedeagus moderately elongate, compact, orificium rather short, gently turned to left. Lower surface gently bisinuate, apex short, obtuse, straight. Internal sac with very heav- ily sclerotized, slightly twisted plate in middle, oth- IN 2 Fig. 2. Aristolebia crucigera, spec. nov. Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. erwise with rather simple folding. Parameres very dissimilar, rather wide, asetose. Female genitalia. Very similar to those of the genus Lebia. Stylomere 1 without apical setae, sty- lomere 2 very short, apically widely rounded, but with an extremely short, obtuse, almost punctiform apical seta. Variation. Apart from larger size and consider- ably wider pronotum of the single female, little variation noted. Distribution. Northern Thailand. Collecting circumstances. All specimens captured at light in February, May, and November. Habits unknown, though this may be rather an arbori- colous species. Etymology. The name refers to the cruciate elytral pat- tern. Remarks. With respect to colour pattern and the deeply excised 4" tarsomeres this species is most similar to the New Guinean Aristolebia capitis Dar- lington. This may or may not be evidence of close relationship which is uncertain as long as no exam- ination of the phylogenetic relationships of the ge- nus as a whole has been attempted. Aristolebia papua Darlington Darlington (1968: 84) described Aristolebia papua from New Guinea. Recent examinations of material from Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra (ANIC), Queensland Museum, Brisbane (QMB), and South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAMA) re- veal that this species occurs also in northern Aus- tralia (see records below). During my examinations of the types of the Australian species of the genus Sarothrocrepis Chaudoir of the masoreine tribe Cy- closomini in ANIC I recognized that the type of Sarothrocrepis mucronata Sloane undoubtedly belongs to the genus Aristolebia and is conspecific with A. papua Darlington. Surprisingly enough, Sloane himself noted on the label of the holotype “Aristolebia” with “Sarothro- crepis” only in brackets, but finally he described the species as Sarothrocrepis. It is likewise surprising why P. J. Darlington when fixing the status of the specimen as holotype, and B. P. Moore when again examining the type specimen for his catalogue of the Carabidae of Australia (Moore et al. 1987) did not recognize the obviously wrong generic affilia- tion and further on included the species in Sarothro- crepis. As a consequence of this examination, Sarothro- crepis mucronata Sloane is moved to the genus Aris- tolebia, and the name Aristolebia papua Darlington becomes a younger synonym of Aristolebia mucrona- ta (Sloane) and must be replaced by the former name. Sarothrocrepis mucronata Sloane, 1907: 374; Moore et al. 1987: 280; Lorenz 1998: 428. Aristolebia papua Darlington, 1968: 84; Lorenz 1998: 455 (new synonymy). Types. Of mucronata: Holotype: ?, Townsville, Old. May 03 F. P. Dodd/ Aristolebia (Sarothrocrepis) mucronata SI. Type (Sloane’s hand!)/HOLOTYPE Sarothrocrepis mucronata Sl. PJD (ANIC). Of papua: Holotype: d, Wau, Morobe Distr. 1200-1300 m, May 7, 1963, J. Sedlacek (BMH). — Paratypes: 17, of same locality, but with slightly different dates (BMH, MCZ) (not examined). Additional material from Australia. OLD: 13, Magnet- ic I, A.M. Lea (SAMA); 338, 72%, Nelly Bay, Magnetic Is. NQ. Dez. 97, Jan. 98, S. Feam. (CBM, QMB); 18, Bamaga, xii.1983, J. Sedlacek (CBM). -— NT: 12, 12.265 130.56E Holmes Jungle, Berrimah, 10 km S. of Darwin, 8.xi.72, at light, E. Britton (ANIC); 238, 12.255, 132.58E, 1km N. of Cahills Crossing, (East Alligator River), 8.X1.72, M. S. Upton (ANIC, CBM); 1%, 12.215, 130.42E, Casuarina Beach, 10 km NNE of Darwin, 7.xi.72, E. Brit- ton (ANIC). Collecting circumstances. One specimens was col- lected in “rainforest, behind beach, at light”, the specimens from Magnetic Island at “Black Light”. Distribution. Apart from its occurrence in New Guinea, this species apparently is distributed through 250 the whole of tropical northern Australia from north- ern Queensland to at least northern parts of North- ern Territory. It is to be examined whether it even ranges into far northwestern Australia and thus actually occupies the whole tropical belt of Austral- ia. Note. Darlington already noted that one of his spec- imens from New Guinea does not possess the con- spicuous cruciate elytral pattern of the type series from Wau, but has almost unicolourous dark elytra. Of the 17 Australian specimens I have seen, five (including four from Magnetic Island close to the type locality of A. mucronata!) show the vividly col- oured elytral pattern of the holotype of A. papua, whereas the others, including the holotype of A. mucronata, but also 7 specimens from Magnetic Island, have almost wholly dark elytra with very inconspicously lighter humeral and apical spots. In all other respects, however, they are similar to the vividly patterned specimens and undoubtedly be- long to the same species which is also demonstrated by the common occurrence of unicolourous and patterned specimens at the same locality. Incidentally, the four patterned specimens from Magnetic Islands are males, whereas all 7 uniform black ones are females. It would be worth examin- ing with larger samples, whether this composition is accidental, whether it is sexual, and whether this sexual difference, if it is one at all, applies at other localities. Aristolebia wau Darlington Darlington, 1968: 84; Moore et al. 1987: 309, Lorenz 1998: 455. Distribution. This small, unicolourous, light brown species is easily identified. It ranges from eastern New Guinea to northern Queensland and was al- ready noted by Darlington (1968) from the tip of Cape York Peninsula. Moore et al. (1987) recorded the species from Cape York Peninsula down to Cape Tribulation, but I have seen specimens from as far south as Townsville. In the material at hand (26 ex.) no notes about collecting circumstances are given, but I guess that this is a tree-living species that lives in more or less closed forests. Note. Although the species was mentioned as uni- colourous light brownish (Darlington 1968), Isaw a New Guinean specimen bearing humeral and api- cal spots like A. capitis Darlington and A. crucigera, spec. nov. which spots, however, are much less conspicuous than in both mentioned species. Com- parison of the male genitalia of the patterned spec- imen with those of unicolourous specimens of A. wau did not reveal any difference. Thus, this may repre- sent a rare colour variant. Aristolebia capitis Darlington Darlington, 1968: 85; Lorenz 1998: 455. This vividly coloured species was described from the western part of Vogelkop Peninsula, western- most New Guinea. Few recently collected speci- mens from Batanta Island off the west coast of New Guinea differ from the type specimens by the al- most completely dark colour of their elytra that only have a small and fairly inconspicuous semilu- nar preapical spot but no distinct humeral stripe which area is only very inconspicuously lighter. In all other respects they exactly match the types of A. capitis and undoubtedly belong to this species. Additional material. 3??, W-PAPUA, Raja Ampat Pr. Waywesar/Batanta bor. 0°45'26"S, 130°46'55"E, 13.1. 2004, leg. A. Weigel (CBM, CWP). Distribution. This species apparently is restricted to the westernmost part of New Guinea, Vogelkop Peninsula and adjacent islands, but is to be exam- ined, whether it also occurs on the other neighbour- ing islands (namely Salawati and Waigeo). Remarks Certainly the genus Aristolebia is sufficiently dis- tinct from the large genus Lebia sensu lato to be maintained as a separate genus, even when some Lebia’s from the same region likewise have excised apical margins and angulate apical angles of their elytra. Is has been recognized that colour and pat- tern, in particular that of the elytra, vary remarka- bly in several species. Such variation is also found in certain Lebia species, but the presence of black, al- most unpatterned specimens is especially common in Aristolebia, though apparently without showing any regional distribution. Further examination should reveal, whether the differences of colouration, namely the fading of ely- tral pattern in females of A. mucronata and A. capitis, is accidental or sexual. The new records of Aristolebia mucronata in Aus- tralia again demonstrate the close relationship of the carabid faunas of Australia and New Guinea. As both Aristolebia species that occur in Australia are conspecific with New Guinean populations, the ge- nus Aristolebia as a whole certainly is part of the northern faunal element that immigrated quite re- cently into Australia. This immigration may have been taken place in very recent times, probably even during the last glacial period when Australia was connected with New Guinea by a land bridge. Acknowledgements I am indebted to Dr. H. Malicky, who kindly presented the new and many other species from Thailand, to Mr. A. Weigel (Pößneck) for interesting material from New Guinea, and to Dr. E. Matthews, Adelaide, Dr. G. B. Monteith (Brisbane), Dr. G. Samuelson (Honolulu), and Mr. T. Weir (Canberra) for the kind loan of material and types and/or the opportunity to examine specimens in the collections they care for. References Csiki, E. 1932. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Vol. II. Carab- idae III: Pars 124, Harpalinae VII: 1279-1598. W. Junk, Berlin. Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The Carabid Beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae (continued): Perigoni- ni to Pseudomorphini.- Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 137: 1-253 Jedlicka, A. 1963. Monographie der Truncatipennen aus Ostasien. Lebiinae - Odacanthinae - Brachyninae (Coleoptera, Carabidae). — Ent. Abh. Ber. Mus. Tierkunde Dresden 28: 269-579 Lorenz, W. 1998. Systematic List of extant Ground Bee- tles of the World (Insecta Coleoptera “Geadepha- ga”: Trachpachidae and Carabidae incl. Paussinae, Cicindelinae. Rhysodidae). — Tutzing, printed by the author. 502 pp. Moore, B. P., T. A. Weir & J. E. Pyke 1987. Rhysodidae and Carabidae. In: Zoological Catalogue of Aus- tralia, 4: 17-320. - Australian Government Publish- ing Service, Canberra Sloane, T. G. 1907. Studies in Australian Entomology. No. XV. New genera and species of Carabidae, with some notes of synonymy (Clivinini, Scaritini, Cuni- pectini, Trigonotomini and Lebiini). — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 32: 346-381 251 Buchbesprechungen 71. Micö, E. & E. Galante: Atlas fotogräfico de los escara- beidos floricolas ibero-baleares. - argania editio, Bar- celona. 2002, 81 S. zahlr. Karten, Diagramme u. Farb- fotos. ISBN 84-931847-3-X Es schadet wenig, daß dieser Band in spanischer Sprache erschienen ist, denn sein Wert liegt nicht in erster Linie im Text, sondern in den sehr ansprechenden und gut gelungenen Farbfotos der blütenbesuchenden Blatthorn- käfer der Iberischen Halbinsel. Obwohl das Buch keine Bestimmungsschlüssel enthält und die Artcharakteristi- ken recht kurz gehalten sind, kann man es doch als eine Art Bestimmungsbuch benutzen, weil die guten Fotos in vielen Fällen doch eine erste Bestimmung zulassen, die dann noch anhand den kurzen Beschreibungen und even- tuell auch an den Verbreitungskarte nachkontrolliert werden kann. Jeder Art sind einige wenige bibliographi- sche Angaben beigefügt, insgesamt ist die Bibliographie aber recht kurz gehalten. Kern des Buches sind eben die Farbfotos, dazu die Verbreitungskarten, sowie kurze Angaben zur Aktivitätsperiode, als einfaches Diagramm, sowie zum bevorzugten Habitat, als Symbol. Ein Buch wie geschaffen für den Freund und Sammler dieser be- liebten und häufigen Blütenbesucher. M. Baehr 72. Sutter, H.-P.: Holzschädlinge an Kulturgütern er- kennen und bekämpfen. Handbuch für Denkmal- pfleger, Restauratoren, Konservatoren, Architekten und Holzfachleute (4. Aufl.). - Verlag Paul Haupt, Bern, Stuttgart, Wien. 2002, 166 S., zahlr. SW- und Farbabb. ISBN 3-258-06443-1 Die vierte Auflage des gut eingeführten Handbuches der Holzschädlinge ist wiederum überarbeitet und er- weitert worden. Als Einführung werden ausführlich die Eigenschaften des Holzes bzw. der verschiedenen Holz- arten behandelt. Die beiden folgenden Kapitel widmen sich dem Abbau bzw. der Zerstörung des Holzes durch Pilze und Insekten, wobei die wichtigsten Arten auch im einzelnen behandelt werden. In diesen Abschnitten sind die Befalls- und Fraßbilder von besonderem Interesse, denn sie machen das Buch zu einem wirklichen Bestim- mungsbuch. Aber auch die Verursacher werden abgebil- det, zum Teil in Fotografien, zum Teil in Strichzeichnun- gen. Einen großen Raum nimmt das darauffolgende Kapitel “Grundlagen des Holzschutzes” ein, in dem die verschiedenen gebräuchlichen Mittel, ihre Wirksamkeit und Gefahren, behandelt werden. Die ausführliche Dar- stellung der Arbeitsmethoden im Holzschutz beschließt den Hauptteil des Buches, das durch eine informative Bibliographie, eine Tabelle zur Widerstandsfähigkeit und Imprägnierbarkeit von Hölzern und ein Register abge- schlossen wird. Eine gut lesbare, knappe, aber sehr informative Dar- stellung, die dem im Titel angesprochenen Benutzer- kreis, aber darüber hinaus sicher auch weiteren Lesern, schnelle Information über alle Aspekte des Holzschut- 252 zes ermöglicht. In Zeiten zunehmenden Umweltbewußt- seins spielt ja der umweltschonende Holzschutz eine steigende Rolle und daher dürfte der Leserkreis weit über die genannten Berufsgruppen hinausgehen. Auch der Sammlungskurator wird ja in den letzten Jahren zunehmend mit solchen Fragen konfrontiert, was be- weist, wie sehr diese auch die Allgemeinheit berühren. M. Baehr 73. Donoghue, P. C. J. & M. P. Smith (Eds.): Telling the Evolutionary Time. Molecular Clocks and the Fossil Record. The Systematic Association Special Volume Series 66. — CRC Press, Boca Raton, London, New York, Washington, D.C., 2003. 288 pp. ISBN 0-415- 27524-5. To infer the timing for the evolutionary origin of a partic- ular clade is one of the major goals of phylogenetics. Scientists need this timing to examine the rates of evolu- tionary change, it may concern morphological or molec- ular characters. Also any correlation of intrinsic biologi- cal events with paleoclimatic or paleoenvironmental con- ditions (e.g., atmospheric or oceanographic changes, continental drifts and shifts) or with other interacting clades (co-evolution) require a precise timing of clado- genesis. Philip C. J. Donoghue and M. Paul Smith, two world- leading experts of the subject, have edited this multi- author volume to compare two major lines of evidence concerning evolutionary timing: the fossil record of a clade provides the expert with the minimum time of age of the particular clade. Together with a sound cladistic tree this time-frame also implies the minimum age of the respective sister-taxon of that clade regardless whether a fossil record of the latter does exist at all (so-called “ghost range” of a clade). On the other hand sound models of evolutionary change rates of various molecules provide an independent line of evidence to infer the evolutionary age of a clade. It is one of the major goals of the last years to correlate both data sets for reciprocal illumination. Typically there are experts for the fossil records and experts for inference of molecular clocks - and there is the majority of phylogenetists who need both data-sets. The present volume will serve as a landmark for all three groups. The examples are broad and concerning deep phylogeny well selected, the various experts, who pro- vided each chapter, all did a very good job. However, I could not find a single example for the species level of evolution (shallow phylogeny), where timing is as im- portant as it is for larger clades. Nevertheless, this vol- ume can be recommended to everybody who wants to know something about timing of deep clades. Unfortu- nately, the price seems quite high, considering the total lack of high-quality half-tone printings; thus this volume probably will not find the way to the interested student. G. Haszprunar SPIXIANA 253-285 EEE OL November on ISSN 0341-8391 The Blattoptera fauna of Switzerland and the adjacent regions of France, Italy and Austria I. The species of the sylvestris-group of Ectobius (Blattellidae, Ectobiinae) Horst Bohn Bohn, H. (2004): The Blattoptera fauna of Switzerland and the adjacent regions of France, Italy and Austria. I. The species of the sylvestris-group of Ectobius (Blat- tellidae, Ectobiinae). — Spixiana 27/3: 253-285 In the first part of the revision of the Blattoptera of Switzerland the species of the sylvestris-group of Ectobius Stephens are treated. Two species of this group are already known: E. sylvestris (Poda) and E. lucidus (Hagenbach) which are widely distributed in Switzerland. One species is new for the country: E. eckerleini Harz, hitherto only known from the type locality in France, has been found in the cantons Waadt (Vaud) and Wallis (Valais) and also in several departments of southern France. Two other species are new to science: E. ticinus, spec. nov., is found in Tessin and the adjacent parts of Wallis and Graubünden (Grisons); in Italy in the southern Alps in between Valle d’Aosta and Lake Como. E. supramontes, spec. nov., Occurs in Engadin (Graubünden); outside Switzerland it is found in Italy in the southern Alps between Lake Como and the river Adige, and in Austria near the border towards Engadin. The new species are described, depicted and compared with the known species. Important features in the male for the discrimination of the species of the sylvestris-group are shape of glandular pit, genital sclerites (helmet sclerite) and paraproct structures; in the female genital sclerites and colouration of abdominal segments. A key for the determination of the Swiss species and maps showing their distribution are presented. - Prof. Dr. Horst Bohn, Biologie Department II, Universität München; present address: Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München; e-mail: bohn@zi.biologie.uni-muenchen.de Introduction The Blattoptera fauna of Switzerland is still very poorly known. The last comprehensive work was published more than 80 years ago by Fruhstorfer (1921). It is of only restricted value since it appeared prior to Ramme’s revision of the genus Ectobius Stephens in which the till then chaotic situation in the taxonomy of the European Ectobius species was clarified (Ramme 1923). Therefore, many of Fruhs- torfer’s determinations remain doubtful. In Ramme’s revision 7 species of Ectobius are listed as occurring in Switzerland: E. erythronotus Burr, E. lapponicus (Linnaeus), E. pallidus (Olivier), E. (Capraiellus) panzeri (Stephens), E. punctatissimus Ramme, E. sylvestris (Poda), and E. vittiventris (Cos- ta); to these E. Iucidus (Hagenbach) has to be added since the type specimen was found in Switzerland. Including two Phyllodromica Fieber and a Loboptera Brunner v. W. species recorded by Fruhstorfer, a total of 11 wild species of Blattaria has been report- ed from Switzerland. During the following decades the Swiss Blatto- ptera fauna was almost completely neglected. The only investigation dealing with Swiss Blattoptera was that of Hofmänner (1951) about the Orthoptera 159] 01 105] of the Schweizer Nationalpark containing also some records of cockroaches. Since, however, only fe- males and larvae were found, an exact determina- tion was not possible. In the comprehensive works on the European fauna by Princis (1965) and Harz (1976) the Swiss fauna was only treated incidental- ly, without presenting new recordings from Swit- zerland. It was not before the beginning of the next century that papers dealing with Swiss cockroaches appeared again: Landau & al. (2000) and Baur & al. (2004) report the obviously rapid expansion of a southern species (Ectobius vittiventris) into northern regions of Switzerland. Baur & Coray (2004) revised types and type specimens established by Fruhstor- fer. With the present paper the overdue revision of the Blattoptera of Switzerland is started, dealing first with the sylvestris-group of Ectobius. The revi- sion is, on the one hand, based on the material of most of the Swiss museum collections. An especial- ly rich collection was established by Dr. L. Reser (museums Luzern and Lugano) consisting of about 800 specimens captured with light traps mainly in Tessin over the last 25 years. The museum material is, on the other hand, supplemented by material collected by the author, especially from southern Switzerland and from the adjacent parts of France, Italy and Austria. Materials and methods Explanation for the sections “Material studied” The localities of Switzerland are grouped with respect to the corresponding cantons, which are arranged alpha- betically according to their abbreviations: AG (Aargau), BE (Bern), BL (Basel-Land), BS (Basel-Stadt), FR (Frei- burg), GE (Geneve, Genf), GL (Glarus), GR (Graubün- den, Grisons), JU (Jura), LU (Luzern), NE (Neuchätel), OW (Obwalden), SG (St. Gallen), SO (Solothurn), SZ (Schwyz), TG (Thurgau), TI (Tessin), UR (Uri), VD (Vaud, Waadt), VS (Valais, Wallis), ZG (Zug), ZH (Zü- rich). Within each canton the samples from the various museums are kept separately and listed in the following order: Basel (Ba), Bern (Be), Chur (Ch), Frauenfeld (Fr), Geneve (Ge), Lausanne (La), Lugano (Lg), Luzern (Lz), Neuchätel (Ne), Solothurn (So), Zürich (Zü), followed by the material collected by the author (HB). In each of these sections the localities are listed alphabetically; ma- terial without specified locality within a canton is put at the end. Geographical terms which I could not localize within a given canton have a question mark (in brackets) behind the name. Such questionable localities are, of course, not contained in the distribution maps. Material of doubtful derivation is placed after the cantons under XX. 254 In order to allow a clear identification of the muse- um specimens, the inscriptions on the labels are cited as literally as possible; different writings or abbreviations for the same collector, for example, are taken over from the labels. However, name or abbreviation of country and canton are omitted and the dates have been stan- dardized. Additions or explanations of the author are put in brackets. The localities of the material collected by the author have an identification code consisting of one or two letters designating the country (A=Austria, He=Swit- zerland, F=France, It=Italy) and a serial number. Exam- ple: “He 52” means locality no. 52 in Switzerland. The code is put in parentheses at the end of the collecting data of the respective locality. When a microscopical preparation has been made of an animal from that local- ity an individual number — separated by a slash - is added to the locality number. Example: “male, slide He 52/3” means that a microscopical slide has been made of one of the males from that locality. Slide and corre- sponding animal (pinned or in alcohol) are labelled with this identification number. In this case a separate locality number is not presented, since it is already contained in the identification number. Preparations made from museum material are designated with “Bo” (abbrevia- tion of the author’s name) and a serial number. Records from localities which are situated outside the area of the distribution maps are designated with an asterisk. Uncertain determinations are indicated by a ques- tion mark (in parantheses) placed before the specifica- tions (number, sex, stage) of the corresponding speci- mens. Preparation of microscopical slides, figures For the study of the various cuticular structures impor- tant for the discrimination of the species (glandular pit, helmet sclerite, paraprocts, etc.) microscopical prepara- tions had to be made. Usually, the complete abdomen was removed from the animal, treated with KOH, washed with water, and dissected; the pieces were then transferred to alkohol and xylol, and finally mounted in Canada Balsam on a microscopical slide. A similar procedure was also performed with other parts of the body used for photographs. For the repro- duction of colour patterns it has to be noted that the white colour, for example in the surroundings of the pronotum disk, is lost during the treatment with KOH. Wings were not treated with KOH prior to embedding. If not stated otherwise, the position of the structures in the figures is with the anterior end on top. An earlier paper (Bohn 1989) already contains pic- tures from some of the species treated here. They are cited in the following text with numbers and small let- ters as they are designated in the respective paper: “Fig. 1a”. Numbers with capital letters refer to the figures of the present paper: “Fig. 1A”. List of museums and their abbreviations Abbr. City Museum Ba Basel Naturhistorisches Museum Basel Be Bern Naturhistorisches Museum Bern Musee d’Histoire Naturelle Bündner Naturmuseum Naturmuseum Thurgau Musee d’Histoire Naturelle de Geneve Musee Cantonal de Zoologie Lausanne Museo cantonale di storia naturale, Lugano Naturmuseum Luzern Musee d’Histoire Naturelle Neuchätel Naturmuseum Solothurn Entomologische Sammlung der ETHZ ZSM Zoologische Staatssammlung München ef La Chaux-de-Fonds eh Chur Fr Frauenfeld Ge _Geneve La Lausanne Lg Lugano Lz Luzern Ne Neuchätel So Solothurn Zü Zürich Other abbreviations % = larva, nymph exL = grown from larvae (nymphs); identification number of these animals underlined = ootheca(e) abdominal sternite abdominal tergite (©) 5 ie Results The species of the sylvestris-group The group consists of 6 known species: Ectobius eckerleini, E. lucidus, E. sylvestris, E. brunneri Seoane, E. pyrenaicus Bohn, and Phyllodromica chopardi Fern- andes (Bohn 1989). The latter three are endemic to the Iberian Peninsula. They differ in part of the characteristics described below: In E. pyrenaicus and P. chopardi the males have shortened tegmina not reaching the end of the abdomen and the hind wings are rudimentary in both sexes. Moreover, P. chopar- di has a glandular pit on T7 with deep pouches not found in other species of the group. E. brunneri agrees in its characteristics with the other species outside the Iberian Peninsula but is easily distinguished by its light, straw-coloured pigmentation; the females of this species are unique in having tegmina with broadly rounded, almost truncate apex. Characteristics Morphological features. Males with fully devel- oped wings at least reaching or surpassing the end of the abdomen. T6 at the posterior border with a moderately deep, broadly rounded concavity (Fig. 5F). T7 posteriorly weakly, more angularly ex- cavated (Fig. 5G). Glandular pit of T7 relatively large (measuring '% or more of the segment breadth and %% or more of the segment length), transversely oval to rounded, moderately deep, open bowl- shaped, with a flat bottom covered with dispersed bristles having a curved tip. The posterior wall of the pit is rather steep, in microscopical preparations appearing as a sharp contour line (Fig. 5K), towards the bottom often hollowed out posteriorly to a very shallow, in dorsal view narrowly crescent-shaped, pouch (Fig. 1f); the anterior wall is much less steep, gradually sloping down to the bottom. Subgenital plate with a small unspecialized stylus (the left); genital sclerites with a helmet sclerite. Females with shortened wings not reaching the end of the abdomen; oothecae with about 14 rather strong longitudinal ridges. Colouration. The general pattern of colouration and the range of variations are described here. In the descriptions of species only important deviations from this pattern will be mentioned. Head. Variously coloured, between almost com- pletely dark (blackish) and mainly lightly brownish or yellowish; in females usually with lighter pig- mentation than in males. Regular features are a narrow whitish or yellowish transversal band in the posterior part of the interocular space (in very dark species/specimens sometimes obscured), and ante- riorly adjacent — when the head is otherwise lighter pigmented - a broad darker band (darker than the following frontal parts). Pronotum. Disk hoof-shaped, posterior corners with or without slight lateral extensions, rarely more rounded, completely dark (blackish or dark brown) or variously lightened, in colour (lighter brown, reddish brown, orange-ochreous, yellowish, or straw-coloured) and extent, preferentially in the cen- tral area with the margins or only the posterior corners remaining darker, at the most completely lightly coloured. Legs. From nearly completely dark to almost completely yellowish; in females usually lighter pigmented than in males. Tegmina. There are several elements contribut- ing to the colouration pattern of the tegmina. 1. Dis- persed fine dark dots mainly along the veins. This pattern is especially evident in in the lightly pig- mented E. brunneri (Fig. 13d); in the other species it is more weakly developed and mostly obscured by 159] ı ws other patterns. 2. Darkenings of the interspaces of the veinal network causing a more or less pro- nounced mottling of the tegmina (Figs 4A,H). 3. Re- latively large dark patches mainly in the distal two thirds of the tegmina brought about by the exten- sion and fusion of interveinal darkenings. They are more often found in females (Figs 4C,D,H,I) than in males (Figs 4A,F). 4. Darkening along the the veinal trunk at the base of the tegmina (Fig. 4H). Abdomen. Male: Tergites. Mostly dark brown, median part of all tergites lighter brown together forming a broad indistinct longitudinal band, but with transversal ridge and surroundings often re- maining darker. Posterior tergites (T5 ff.) addition- ally lightened yellowish at the posterior margin and corners; T7 often almost completely yellowish with only small dark markings remaining anteriorly (Figs 6E-H). Sternites. Darker than tergites, lateral and posterior margins may have relatively narrow yel- lowish lightenings, especially on the posterior seg- ments. - Female: Segments usually with lightly col- oured lateral and posterior margins, the outer parts rather narrowly whitish, inwards followed by yel- low. Tergites 2-6. Mostly dark, with variously broad whitish-yellow lateral and posterior margins, in the posterior corners often triangularly extended, some- times with yellow patches within the dark anterior area (as in Fig. 14D, and larger). Tergites 7-10. Yel- low areas usually larger than in the preceding seg- ments. Sternites 2-6. Dark, with lightly coloured lateral and, in most cases, also posterior margins. The yellow area often variously extended: With two lighter coloured patches in the dark anterior area (Fig. 15F), which may extend and fuse with the yellow posterior area (Fig. 15G); finally the posteri- or half or more of the sternite may be yellow (Figs 14F, 15H). 57 (Subgenital plate). Either mostly dark, with a small yellowish area at the latero-posterior margins (Fig. 14K), or variously lightened with light- er brown or yellow, in the extreme with only the anterior margin and two patches at the posterior margin remaining dark (Fig. 15L). Features important for the discrimination of the species Males. Glandular pit. The differences in the struc- ture of the glandular pit are not very dramatic; they mainly concern size (breadth) and shape of the pit and of its posterior contour line. The breadth of the pit (distance between the two ends of the contour line) is compared with the breadth of the lateral margins (distance between pit and lateral edge of the segment) (Tab. 1). E. ticinus has the smallest pit, being not broader than the lateral margins (about 100 %); in all other species the pit is considerably broader (>120 %). The shape of the glandular pit is outlined by the posterior contour line and the ante- rior border of the bristle field. It may be more trans- versal, as in E. lucidus (Figs 7F,G) and E. supramontes (Figs 6G-K), or more rounded as in E. sylvestris (Figs 7B,C) and E. ticinus (Figs 5G-K). The pit of E. eckerleini (Figs 8B,C) is somehow in between; it is otherwise characterized by especially long and densely arranged bristles along the posterior mar- gin. Helmet sclerite. The helmet sclerite is a small sclerotization of the endophallus wall. At rest, with genitalia retracted, it is located at the base of the subgenital plate between the right and left phal- lomere (Figs 9E, 1b). It is not restricted to the sylves- tris-group but is also found in a series of related groups. - A rapid tentative analysis of the structure of the helmet sclerite is possible in living anaesthe- tized animals: By pressing the abdomen the sclerite can be extruded with the endophallus and analyzed under a stereomicroscope. For amore detailed study microscopic preparations are preferable. In E. sylvestris the sclerite has the shape of a Tab. 1. Measurements of length of pronotum and tegmina and of the relative breadth of the glandular pit (= breadth of pit/breadth of margin) in Ectobius species. n number of specimens used for the measurements of glandular pit size; the numbers for the other measurements are listed in the descriptions. Length of pronotum Length of tegmina Relative breadth of (in mm) (in mm) glandular pit (%) Male Female Male Female Range Mean Range Mean Range Mean Range Mean n Range Mean E. sylvestris 202 2a 2.1-2.6 2.4 9.2-11.1 10.0 4.6-5.9 5.2 14 111-153 122 E. lucidus 2.3-2.6 2.4 PAD ID, 10.3-11.72 11.0 5.9-6.9 6.4 26 109-170 130 E. eckerleini DAIEDrAEp2) 2.2-2.5 2.4 9.0-10.7 9.8 4755 541 20 116-175 137 E. ticinus DA 21503 2.2-2.8 2.5 10.3-12.3 11.4 5.1-6.5 5.9 23 83-112 101 E. supramontes 2.1-23 2.2 2.1-2.6 2.4 ee Sl 4.6-5.9 5.2 22 108-167 128 laterally compressed helmet with the vertex point- ing posteriorly, the opening for the face at the right, and opposite with an elongated neck part angularly set off from the main helmet (Figs 9A-D). The hel- met is not exactly bilateral-symmetrical its right side (ventral in the animal) usually being more ex- tended (Figs 9B,C). The surface of the sclerite is covered with acute scales (microtrichia) pointing towards the neck part. The shape of the helmet varies between the spe- cies: In E. sylvestris (Figs 9A-D) the helmet is — as seen from its lateral side — fairly isodiametric; in E. lucidus (Figs 9E-H) it is higher and narrower; and it is still higher and narrower, almost gutter form, in E. eckerleini (Figs 10A,B). Two species, E. ticinus (Figs 10E-G) and E. supramontes (Figs 10C,D), have a com- pletely aberrant helmet sclerite: The sclerite is no longer helmet-shaped, but forms a low and flat mound, oval in outline as seen from above (dorsal). Paraprocts. The paraprocts are the sclerotized parts of the subanal lobes. The anus is enclosed in between the posterior ends of the subanal lobes and the small supraanal lobe (epiproct). Paraprocts and epiproct are considered as remnants of S10. The paraprocts are paired, but they show a strong left- right asymmetry. Each paraproct (Figs 11A,B) consists of three parts: a central part (cp), forming the joint with T10, and, arising from there, two medially diverging arms: the medio-anterior arm (ap) and the medio- posterior arm (pp). In the right paraproct the three parts are fused to a relatively strong angular sclerite covering most of the subanal lobe. The central part of the right paraproct bears a strong, curved, medi- ally directed spine (sp) presumably involved in the coupling between male and female genitalia. In the left paraproct the three parts are separate and rather small sclerites only partly covering the correspond- ing lobe; a spine is not present: At the medio-anterior arm of the right paraproct two parts may be distinguished, separated by some kind of a furrow (arrow in Fig. 11B): a narrow, flat, bandlike proximal part being connected with the central part of the paraproct, and a more extended, variously shaped distal part with at least partly elevated surface. The two parts of the arm may be partly separated by a more or less deep lateral inci- sion (arrows in Figs 11G,1,K). Praeparaprocts (T10a). Anteriorly of the parap- rocts is another pair of small sclerotizations (Figs 11A,B; pr). Each consists of a narrow lateral sclerite stripe lying just anteriorly of the ventral end of T10 and surpassing it considerably. The smaller left one (in the picture on the right) does not reach the ventral midline; it bears, shortly before its median end at the posterior side, a weakly sclerotized egg- shaped or globular structure. The larger right scler- ite rises to amostly membraneous club-shaped pro- cess fairly reaching the midline. The sclerotizations most likely are derivations from T10 and should be designated as T10a (Klass, pers. comm.). For practi- cal reasons I call them praeparaprocts. There is little variation in size and shape of these structures among the species of the sylvestris-group; but considerable differences can be found between the various species-groups of Ectobius and Phyllo- dromica. The praeparaprocts seem to be restricted to Ectobiinae. Females. Genital sclerites. The genital sclerites of the females may be divided into an extended dorsal and a much smaller ventral complex. The latter is rather invariable and not further considered here (Fig. 1i); the dorsal complex, however, shows spe- cies specific variations in the structure of some of the sclerites. The most prominent sclerites of the female gen- italia are the basivalvular sclerites. In E. sylvestris, E. lucidus and E. eckerleini they are long and strongly converging anteriorly; E. ticinus and E. supramontes have shorter and less strongly converging sclerites (Figs 16A-E). In E. sylvestris some kind of spermathecal plates are present, appearing as a pair of weakly sclero- tized areas lying between the basivalvular sclerites (s in Fig. 16A). They are not always well developed, and in the seemingly closely related species, E. luci- dus, sometimes similar structures may be indicated. Another set of sclerites with some species spe- cific variations is situated in between the intercalary sclerite (i) and the posterior lobe of valvifer II (f); the structures are designated here as prae-intercalary sclerites. Usually two such sclerites in parallel ori- entation are present on each side, a superficial pos- terior (the upper in Figs 16F,G) and a more deeply located anterior one. The latter may be missing (Fig. 16I); only the posterior is considered here. It also shows considerable intraspecific variation, and the identification of a species by means of only the shape of this sclerite is usually not possible; but it can be helpful for the determination in pairs of otherwise very similar species (E. sylvestris — E. luci- dus, Figs 16F,G; E. ticinus — E. supramontes, Figs 16H,]). m oı N Keys for the determination of the species of the sylvestris-group occurring outside the Iberian Peninsula Males ll, 258 Disk of pronotum completely dark; glandular pit of T7 large, considerably broader than lateral margins of the tergite, rounded, posterior con- tour line strongly curved throughout (Fig. 7B); helmet sclerite fairly isodiametric, with amarked neck-process (Fig. 9C); right paraproct: medio- anterior arm rather small, distal part very nar- Toys MD)... Ectobius sylvestris (Poda) Disk of pronotum never completely dark, vari- ously, though sometimes only minimally light- ened; glandular pit either smaller, not broader than the lateral margins of the tergite (Fig. 5G), or posterior contour line less strongly curved (Fig. 6G); helmet higher and narrower (Fig. 9G) or sclerite not helmet-shaped at all (Figs 10F); right paraproct: medio-anterior arm large, dis- tal part broader, fairly triangular (Fig. 11G) .... T6: median part of transversal ridge angularly bent anteriorly (Fig. 7E), bristles on the surface of the tergite short and weak (Fig. 7H); T7: pos- terior contour line of the glandular pit forming a very shallow bow, pit strongly transversal (Eisr ZE) een Ectobius lucidus (Hagenbach) T6: median part of transversal ridge gradually and less strongly bent anteriorly (Fig. 7A), bris- tles on the surface relatively long and strong (Fig. 7D); T7: posterior contour line of glandular pit at least with lateral parts stronger curved anteriorly (Fig. 8B), pit rounded or transversal aeineddnsnsstendns u enge sans rpenranhlreneks present 9. Tegmina usually with some not very dark patch- es near the apex, veinal trunk without or with only very narrow darkening (Fig. 13c); lateral edges of T6 densely covered with short, but relatively strong bristles (Fig. 8E); glandular pit along the posterior margin with long, quite densely arranged bristles (Fig. 8C); helmet scle- rite very high and narrow (Fig. 10B) ................. rot Ectobius eckerleini Harz Tegmina mottled, but usually without dark patches, veinal trunk well darkened (Fig. 4A); lateral borders of T6 with few and weak bristles (Fig. SF); bristles along the posterior margin of the pit smaller and less dense (Fig. 5I); helmet sclerite not helmet-shaped, but forming a flat mound:Fig-AlOR)":..0.. ee een 4. 4. Larger, length of tegmina 10.3-12.3 mm; glandu- lar pit rounded, small, about as broad as the lateral margins of the tergite, posterior contour line strongly curved throughout (Fig. 5G); right paraproct: distal part of medio-anterior arm long, tongue-shaped, with cut or acute tip (Fig. 11K) re RR Ectobius ticinus, spec. nov. - Smaller, length of tegmina 7.4-9.9 mm; glandu- lar pit transversal, large, considerably broader than the lateral margins of the tergite, posterior contour line in the middle flat, laterally more strongly curved (Fig. 6G); right paraproct: distal part of medio-anterior arm short, triangular, with acutertipi(KISS N)... ee ea tresre Ectobius supramontes, spec. noV. Females The determination of the females in the genus Ecto- bius is usually very difficult or impossible. In the sylvestris-group colouration and genital sclerites of- fer means for a quite certain determination, which, however, often requires the making of microscopi- cal preparations, — even for the study of colouration since important parts of the segments may be hid- den in dried or fixed animals. The following key should be used only for a preliminary orientation. Colouration characters could only be partly inte- grated. For a further confirmation of the determina- tions the colouration should be thoroughly studied and compared with the descriptions and accompa- nying figures. 1. S2-6 mostly dark, laterally and often also poste- riorly with lightly coloured margins (Figs 12G, 13G); basivalvular sclerites less strongly con- verging anteriorly (Figs 16D-E) ...........ee. 22 - 52-6 as above, but lighter pigmentation more extended: usually at least with lighter brown or yellow patches in the dark anterior area (Figs 14H, 15F), in the extreme the posterior half or more of the sternite yellow (Figs 14F, 15H); ba- sivalvular sclerites strongly converging anteri- orlyalEiss 162 GO). 2 ee 3: 2. Larger, length of tegmina 5.1-6.5 mm, mean 5.9 mm; latero-posterior corners of pronotum disk usually with slight lateral extensions (Figs 12A-CE; but see Fig. 12D); posterior prae-inter- a sclerites relatively broad (Fig. 16H) ....... Kr eeeernner Ectobius ticinus, spec. nov. — Smaller, tegmina 4.6-5.9 mm, mean 5.2 mm; lat- ero-posterior corners of pronotum disk without lateral extensions (Figs 13A-D); posterior prae- intercalary sclerites narrower (Fig. 16I)............. Sehens wann. Ectobius supramontes, spec. nov. 3. Tegmina short (4.7-5.5 mm, mean 5.1 mm), with- out darkened veinal trunk, but with numerous small dark patches; pronotum disk usually al- most completely lightly coloured, indistinctly hoof-shaped, with or without small darker mark- ings (Fig. 15C, Figs 12g-i), rarely distinctly hoof- shaped, with darker posterior corners (Figs 15B) or almost completely dark (Fig. 15A), posterior corners without lateral extensions .................. a Ectobius eckerleini Harz - Tegmina of various size, with darkened veinal trunk, either with fewer but larger patches or without patches; pronotum disk distinctly hoof- shaped, usually darker, mostly at least posterior corners dark, the latter with slight lateral exten- 4. Tegmina relatively long (5.9-6.9 mm, mean 6.4 mm); pronotum disk never completely dark, often with a striking yellowish reversed y-shaped marking (Figs 11a-g); spermathecal plates miss- ing (Fig. 16B); posterior prae-intercalary scler- ites relatively broad, strikingly dark (Fig. 16G) rn Ectobius lucidus (Hagenbach) -— Tegmina shorter (4.6-5.9 mm, mean 5.2); prono- tum disk usually completely dark, if partially lightened usually without a striking yellowish reversed y-shaped marking (Figs 10a-f); sper- mathecal plates usually present (Fig. 16A); pos- terior prae-intercalary sclerites narrow, lighter Freiented (EieSll6R). een nn een Description of the species Ectobius sylvestris (Poda, 1761) Figs 1, 7A-D, 9A-D, 11D,E, 14G-M, 16A,F Ectobius sylvestris (Poda, 1761): Bohn 1989: 322, Figs 1f, 3a-f, 10a-h, 13b,f Material studied. Switzerland. AG: 1d, Zeihen, Böz- berg, 544 m, 16.VII.[19]67, leg. H. Bachmann (Ba). - 2434, 19, 1 L, westl. Ortsende v. Auenstein (bei Lenzburg), 460 m, 15.V1.2002 (He 75); 3 LL, zw. Remigen & Gansin- gen, 550 m, 15.V1.2002 (He 72); 13, Wettingen, 500 m, 14.V1.2002 (He 71) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - BE: 18, Bern, 5.VI1.[18]96, Dr. Th. Steck; 18, Bern, Bremgarten- wald, 14.V1.[19]08, Steck; 238, Bern, Dählhölzli, 29.V. [19]09, Steck; 14, Bern, Dählhölzli, 22.V1.1912, Steck; 15, Biel, Jura, 500 m, unter Stein, 16.V.[19]25, Dr. Hof- männer; 4d, Dentenberg, 24.V.1920, Steck; 16, Denten- berg, 7.V1.1925, Steck; 13, Gümligen, 9.V1.1918, Steck; 338, Gümligen, 1.VI.1927, Steck; 14, Könizbergwald, 16.V1.[19]07, Steck; 13, Könizbergwald, 6.V1.[19]09, Steck; 13, Könizbergwald, 29.VIII.1926, Steck; 24, Rüfenacht, 14.VI1.1915, Steck; 13, Rüfenacht, 27.VII.1919, Steck; 13, Wabern, 3.VII.1919, Steck (Ba). - 988, 12, Bern u. Umgebung; 1®, Gurten, 24.IX.80; 13, Oberscher- li, 25.V.[19]56; 1 L, Oberscherli, 30.V.1956; 1238, Ober- wil i. S., Schattigseli, 25.VII.1999, leg. H. Baur; 14, Reu- tigenmoos, 12.V1.[19]66; 1 L, Zollikofen, i. Wald, 10.V. [19]31, Montet (Be). - 13, [Orvin] (slide Bo 656) (Cf). - 13, Steffisburg, 480 m, 23.V1.1983, leg. Baur (Ge). - 18, Gadmental, Feldmoos, 1650 m, Tf, 31.VII.1981, Dr. L. Rezbanyai (Lz). - 2 LL, Büren, s.fol.qu.; 2 LL, Büren, 11.[18]94 (So). -48d, 422, ex L: 233, 12, zw. Orvin & Les Pres d’Orvin, 850 m, 1.VI.2002 (He 58); 1, ex L: 16, Val de Tavanne, Sorvilier, 700 m, 1.V1.2002 (He 57) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - BL: 12, Diegten, Ränggen (SE-Hang: Waldweg), SSE Griessen, 627.175/ 249.125, 775 m, 31.V. 2003, A. Coray; 28, Liestal, VII.1935, E. Handschin; 12, Liestal, Sichteren/Laubi, V1.[19]56, leg. H. P. Strau- mann; 16, Liestal, Laubi, VIl.1956, H. P. Straumann; 2dd, Pratteln, V.1946, E. Handschin; 14, Röserental, 27.V1.1934 (Ba). - 18, 17, Münchenstein, 18.V.[19]45, Wolf (Zü). - BS: 13, Riehen, Im Linsberg (südl. Vorm- bergweg), 400 m, 14.V1.[19]94, A. Coray (Ba). — FR: 1d, Bas Vully, Mont Vully, 8.V.2003, leg. C. Monnerat (Ne). — GE: 1, Versoix, 24.IX.[19]27, J. de Beaumont (La). — 28, Vernier, 18.V.[19]21, Frustorfer (Zü). - GL: 13, Filz- bach, Gäsischachen, 19.V1.[19]68; 13, Filzbach, Süstli, 30.V1.[19]69 (Zü). - 285, 222, Biberlichopf bei Nieder- urnen, 550 m, 17.V1.2002 (He 87) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). — GR: 18, V. Mesocco, Mesocco, 30.V1.1923, Steck; 19, Plan de Posa [?], Pinus, 31.VIl.[19]17; 15, Sur, Alp Flix, Gioppas, Südrand, 769.6/155.0, 1955 m, 26.V1II.2002, leg. A. Coray; 1%, Sur, Alp Flix, Lais Blos; Westrand d. südl. Lais Blos, 769.0/156.1, 1965 m, 26.V111.2002, leg. A.Coray; 18, Trupchun, Arve, 2000 m, 22.V11.[19]47 (Ba). - 288, Aue bei Reichenau, 1.V1.[19]52; 13, Scanfs [S-chanf], 14.VIN.[19]17; 18, Scanfs, 15.VII.[19]18; 12, Versam, VII.[18]97; 18, Versam, 9.V11.[18]98 (Be). — 18, Reichenau, Mähwiese am Rhein, 610 m, 5,VIl.[19]60, leg. Nadig (Ge). — 18, Scanfs, 15.VI1.[19]49, J. de Beaumont (La). -— 38d, Davoser Tal, Schia, 1500-1800 m, 24.VIl. [19]31, Dr. J. P. Wolf; 18, Davoser Tal, 1550-1800 m, 17.V11.[19]39, Dr. Wolf; 13, Davoser Tal, 1500-1800 m, 22.V1.[19]40, Dr. Wolf; 18, Domleschg, 30.VI1.[19]39, Dr. Wolf; 788,322, Filisur, 30.V1.[19]40, Dr. J. P. Wolf (male, slide Bo 277); 18, 12, Glaris, 1300 m, 19.V11.[19]39, Dr. J. P. Wolf; 12, Glaris, Davoser Tal, 1300 m, 17.V111.[19]38, Dr. J. P. Wolf (slide Bo 658); 18, Umg. Parpan, Jochalp, 5.[X.[19]53, leg. W. Sauter; 15, Umg. Parpan, Valbella, 9.1X.[19]53, leg. W. Sauter (slide Bo 279); 16, Piz Danis, Lenzerheide, 8.VIII.[19]92, Merz (slide Bo 278); 12, Samedan, Wiese, 1720 m, 15.VIl.[19]86, leg. W. Sauter; 288, Samedan, Wiese, 20.VII.[19]87, leg. W. Sauter; 1?, Samedan, Wald, 21.VII.[19]88, leg. W. Sauter (slide Bo 660); 12, Valbella/Casoja, Brache, 16.VI1.[19]98, leg. B. Merz; 1d, Zuoz, Sesleriawiese, 19.V11.[19]77, leg. W. Sauter; 12, Zuoz, Stipawiese, 1685 m, 22.V11.[19]87, leg. W. Sauter (slide Bo 659) (Zü). - 15, ex L: 12, Albula- Tal, Surava - Alveneu, 1000 m 23.V1.2001 (He 37); 255, 222, 1L, ex L: 18, 12, Clavadel (bei Davos), 1630 m, 4.V1l.2001 (He 46); 33848, 6?P,1L, ex L: 238, 322, Dom- 259 leschg, Scheid — Feldis, 1400-1500 m, 23.V1.2001 (He 35); 288,12, 1L, Filisur, 1080 m, 24.V1.2001 (He 39); 688, ex L: 1?, Oberengadin, zw. La Punt & Bever, 1700 m, 24.V1.2001 (male, slide He 40/1); 18, 4??, Oberengadin, zw. La Punt & Bever, 1700 m, 6.VII.2001 (He 40a); 4 LL, ex L: 284, 222, Oberengadin, Maloja, 1800 m, 24.V1.2001 (He 43); 18, 12, Oberengadin, Samedan, 1760 m, 5.VIl. 2001 (He 51); 922, 2 LL, ex L: 18, 222, Oberhalbstein, zw. Tinizong & Savognin, 1300 m, 24.V1.2001 (He 44); 13, 522, Somvix, 1000-1200 m, 11.VII.1997 (He 20); 488, 522,2 LL, exL: 19, Val Calanca, Grono - Buseno, 2 km östl. Grono, 600 m, 17.V1.2002 (two males, slides He 80/ 1,2); 12, Valle Mesolcina, Leggia (bei Grono), 17.V1.2002 (He 82) (leg. B. & H. Bohn); 1d, 12, 3 LL, Valser Tal, Marcheggen (bei Vals), 1900 m, VII.2000, leg. T. M. Saks (He 29) (HB). - JU: 1 L, Courtedoux, Combe du Pouche, 568.100/ 252.400, 545 m, TJ2, 20.V11.-3.VI1.1988, Y. Gon- seth leg. (Ne). - LU: 15, Eigental, For[rJenmoos, 970 m, L£f, 7.VI.1983, Dr. L. Rezbanyai; 1d, Eigental, For[r]en- moos, 965 m, Lf, 18.10.1984, Rezbanyai-Reser; 19, 12, Eigental, Forrenmoos, 965 m, Tf, 3.VII.1985, Rezbanyai- Reser; 18, Hasle, Balmoos, 14.VIl.1975, leg. Rezbanyai L.; 12, Hasle, Balmoos, IX.1975, leg. Rezbanyai; 19, Hasle, Balmoos, 970 m, 29.VIl.1976, leg. Dr. Rezbanyai- Reser; 1 L, Hasle, Balmoos, 970 m, Tf, 30.V.1977, leg. Dr. Rezbanyai L.; 1 L, Hasle, Balmoos, 900 m, BF, e.VII. 1977, leg. Dr. Rezbanyai L.; Hasle, Balmoos, 970 m, leg. Dr. Rezbanyai: 1 L, LF, 4.VII.1977, 1 L, 5.[X.1977, 18, 1L, TF, 11.[X.1978; 12, Luzern, Obergütsch, 550 m, Bf, a.VIll.1977, leg. Dr.Rezbanyai; Neudorf, Vogelmoos, 775m, Tf, Rezbanyai-Reser: 15, 12, 10.V11.1987, 19, 14.VI. 1988; Romoos (Napf), Mittl. Grämsen, Wiese, 930 m, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 16, L£f, 2.V1.1993, 15, T£f, 7.VL1993, 13, T£, 25.V1.1993; 18, Napfgebiet, Ro- moos, Änzihüsli bis Ob.Änzi, 639.8-640.8/ 205.9-206.4, 1250 m, T£f, 17.[IX.1997, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser; 16, Napfgebiet, Romoos, Neumatt, Altmülibach, 644.6- 644.8/207.1-207.4, 680 m, Tf, 2.VII.1997, leg. Dr. L. Rez- banyai-Reser (Lz). - NE: 1 L, Champ du Moulin, 27.VIH. [19]41, J. de Beaumont; 18, Jura, VII.[19]51, J. de Beau- mont; 18, Villaret, 30.V.[19]54, Dr. Hofmänner (La). — 13, Neuchätel (Eremitage), 561.2/ 205.5, 570 m, clairiere prairie meso, 10.V1.1991, J.-P. Haenni; 18, Neuchätel (r. Matile), 561.8/205.5, 550 m, lisiere for&t thermophile, 21.V11.1993, JP Haenni; 1 L, Neuchätel (Matile 77), Grande Cassarde, 561.9/205.5, 545 m,foret thermo- phile/lisiere, 4.11.1998, JP Haenni; 1 L, Neuchätel, Ma- tile 77 (maison), 550 m, 28.X.1998, JP Haenni leg.; 19, Rochefort (Les Grattes), 552.25/204.1, 1020 m, 20.VI. 1995, JP.Haenni leg. (Ne). - OW: 18, Alpnachstad, 600 m, 11.V1.[19]38 (Ba). — SG: 238, Vättis, Calfeisental, 15.VI1.1930, Steck (Ba). — 1, Schänis, Biberlikopf, 3.VI. [19]68 (Zü).-429%, ex L: 18, Altstätten, 550 m, 14.V1.2002 (He 65) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - SO: 338, 222, St. Wolfgang bei Balsthal, 600 m, 3.V1.2002 (male, slide He 63/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - SZ: Gersau, Oberholz, 550 m, Dr. L. Rezbanyai: 234, Lf, 28.V1.1979, 18, L£, 13.V1.1980, 633, L£, 2.V1.1981, 13, T£, 5.V1.1981, 18, L£, 8.V1.1981, 15, T£, 8.VI1.1981, 238, L£, 15.VI1.1981, 18, T£, 28.VII.1981, 13, Lf, 4.VII.1981, 18, T£, 31.V.1983, 12, T£, 260 18.V11.1983; 12, Gersau, Oberholz, 550 m, BF, XI.1979, leg. Dr. Rezbanyai; 1%, Gersau, Oberholz, 550 m, BF, V111.1981, Rezb. & Herger; 12, Lauerz, Schuttwald, 480 m, BF, VII.1990, Rezbanyai; Lauerz, Schuttwald, 480 m, Dr. L.Rezbanyai-Reser: 1 L, T£f, 14.V.1991, 488, 1, DIE, 1, MARI I, I 2a, 18, LE, 27.V1.1991, 18, L£, 2.V11.1991, 12, T£, 12.VIL.1991, 18, T£, 4.VIII.1991; 12, Lauerz, Schuttwald, 480 m, T£, 5.IX.1991, leg. L.Rezbanyai-Reser; 13, Rigi-Kulm, 1600-1780 m, Dr. L. Rezbanyai (Lz). - TG: 12, Dfiessen]hofen, 19.X.[19]00, leg. H. Wegelin (slide Bo 651); 15, Frauenfeld, 6.VI. [19]01, leg. Wegelin; 18, Frauenfeld, 7.VI.[19]02, leg. Wegelin; 13, Frauenfeld, 20.V1.[19]06, leg. Wegelin; 1 L, Frauenfeld, 9.X.[19]06, leg. Wegelin; 15, Frauenfeld, Stadt, Kantonsschule (Altb), 430 m, 22.V1.2002, leg. H. Blöchlinger; 12, Herdern, Schalmenbuck, 19.V.1990, leg. Blöchl.; 13, Müllheim, Tobelbach, 430 m, Li, 21.VI.1995, leg. H. Blöchlinger; 233, Stettfurt (Stapfete), 714.500/ 265.150, 560 m, 24.V.2000, leg. H. Blöchlinger (Fr). - 18, Kreuzlingen, Neuweiher, a. L., 7.VIL.[19]69; 13, Kreu- zlingen, Neuweiher, a. L., 5.VIL.[19]70 (Zü). - 18, 42%, 1L, Weinfelden, Schloß, 550 m, 14.V1.2002 (He 67) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - TI: 18, San Salvatore, 19.V.1955, F. Keiser (slide Bo 315) (Ba). - 12, Curio, X.1953 (slide Bo 654) (Be). - 18, Bellinzona, 2.VII.[19]46, J. de Beaumont (La). — 18, Castel S. Pietro, Obino, Waldrand, 530 m, LF 11.-20.V.1992, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser (slide Bo 571); 13, Lugano, Mt. Bre-Ost [Ca’Gina], 835m, LF, 21.- 30.V1.1986, Rezbanyai-Reser (slide Bo 583); Medeslia- Ost, Val d’Iseo, 718.5/108.1, LF, 700 m, leg. Dr. L. Rez- banyai-Reser: 23, 21.-30.V1.2000, 19, 1.-10.VI.2000, 18, 11.-20.VI.2000 (slide Bo 573); 15, Meride (Nordwest), Crocifisso, 716.05/ 84.5, 670 m, T£, 15.V.1999, leg. L. Rez- banyai-Reser; Meride (West), Fontana, LF, Dr. L. Rez- banyai-Reser: 18, 11.-20.V.1992, 18, 11.-20.V1.1992, 18, 21.-31.V.1993, 18, 1.-10.V1.1993, 238, 11.-20.V1.1993, 288, 21.-30.V1.1993, 15, 11.-20.V.1994 (slide Bo 567),16, 21.-31.V.1994, 18, 21.-30.V1.1994; 18, Meride (West), Fontana, ca. 717.0/83.6, Tagfang, 12.V1.1999, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser; Meride (Ost), S. Antonio, 580 m, LF, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 288, 1.-10.VIL.1991, 336, 11.- 20.V1.1991 (male, slide Bo 569), 18, 21.-30.V1.1991, 18, 11.-20.VII.1991; Meride, Serpiano, Wald, 715.7 /85.65, 630 m, LF, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 15, 1.-10.V1.1995, 288, 11.-20.VI.1995, 588, 11.-20.VI.1996 (two males, slides Bo 464, 465), 288, 21.-30.V1.1996, 288, 1.-10.VI. 1997, 18, 11.-20.V1.1997, 388, 21.-30.V1.1997; 18, Monte Ceneri-Nordseite, Spiano (Contone), 714.9/111.3, 475 m, L£, 17.V1.1998, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser (slide Bo 584); Tesserete, Gola di Lago, Betuletum, 718.15/ 107.1, 975 m, Lf, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 258, 9.VII.1999, 13, 30. VI1.2000 (slide Bo 575) (Lg). - 3??, 10 L, Vellano (bei Giubiasco, Bellinzona), 800 m, 8.VIIl.1996 (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - UR: 14, Meien, 18.VII.[19]44, E. Hand- schin (Ba). - 13, Gigental, Hinter Wang, 686.2/193.7, 1500 m, Tf, 9.VIII.1980, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai; 15, Hos- pental, [Südrand, 1500 m,] LF, e.V11.[19]82 [Dr. L. Rez- banyai-Reser] (Lz). - VD: 18, 1%, Agiez, V1.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet; 12, Belmont, 8.V1.[19]50, J. Aubert; 388, 522, 2 LL, Belmont, VI.[19]54, Cl. Besuchet (two females, slides Bo 671, Bo 672); 534, 12, Belmont, V.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet; 12, Entreroches, 8.V1.[19]51, J. Aubert; 1, Ferreyres, V1.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet; 339, Ferreyres, 2.VIl. 1971, J. Aubert; 12, Flon [?], 23.VII.[19]42, F. Schmid; 222, Les Pleiades, 14.IX.[19]41, J.de Beaumont; 19, Les Pleiades, 16.VI1l.[19]56, J. Aubert; 139, Mormont, V. [19]55, Cl. Besuchet; 13, Ollon, 29.V.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet; 13, Palezieux, 15.V1.[19]43, J. Aubert; 239, Puidoux, 26. V1.[19]38, J. de Beaumont; 33d, St.Loup, 2 V1.[19]64, J. Aubert; 233, Vallorbe, 2.VII.[19]44, F. Schmid; 238, 12, Villars/Chamby, 4.VII.[19]56, J. Aubert; 233, Vuf- flens, 6.V1.[19]42; 233, 12, Yverdon, 25.V.[19]55, CL. Besuchet (La). -5??, Eclepens (bei Sarraz), 550 m, 2.VI. 2002 (He 62) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). VS: 15, Belenalp, 25.V1.[19]44, E. Handschin (Ba). — 13, Hohtenn, V1.[19]63; 12, 1L, Pfinwald, 27.VI11.[19]83 (Be). — 18, Valais, Coll. Frey (Ge). -33d, 12, Bois Noir, 15.V1.[19]38, Coll. Cerut- ti; 14, Bourg-St.Pierre, 29.VI1.[19]38, Coll. Cerutti; 16, B[ourg]-St.Pierre, 18.VIII.[19]38, Coll. Cerutti; 1S, Gri- mentz, 24.V1.-8.V11.[19]49; 12, Mayens d’Arbaz [= Ano- baz?], 14.VIII.[19]42, F.Schmid; 19, Praz de Fort, 11.VII. [19]44, F.Schmid; 19, Salvan, 21.V1.[19]36, Coll. Cerutti; 33d, 12, St. Maurice, V.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet (female, slide Bo 670) (La). - 253, Val d’Illiez, Le Haze, pre humide, 9.VII.[19]80, Collection Willy Matthey (Ne). — 12, Val d’Entremont, 2 km SE Liddes, 1500 m, 12.VII. 1997 (He 14a) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - ZG: 1?, Zuger See, Walchwil, 450 m, 17.V1.2002 (He 86) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - ZH: 233, Dällikon, 15.V.[19]21; 12, Illnau, 25.V11.[19]86, leg. W. Sauter; 13, Illnau, Schüsselberg, 530-570 m, 13.V1.[19]87, leg. W. Sauter; 15, Illnau, Soor- halde, 510 m, 16.VIII.[19]84, leg. W. Sauter; 15, Illnau, Soorhalde, 510 m, 14.VII.[19]87, leg. W. Sauter; 15, Illnau, Weid, 560 m, 9.VII.[19]85, leg. W. Sauter; 13, Illnau, Wildert, 519 m, 21.V1.[19]85, leg. W. Sauter; 15, Illnau, Wildert, 519 m, 21.V1.[19]89, leg. W. Sauter; 13, Meilen; 18, Rehalp, 10.V11.[19]26; 12, Waltenstein, 600 m, 1.VII. 1993, leg. Lengwiler; 13, Weiningen, 5.V1.[19]21; 15, 19, Wiesendangen, 23.V.[19]48; 18, Zürich, Umgebg. (Zü). - 12, Illnau (bei Effretikon), 520 m, 21.V1.1996 (He 10); 338, 322, 2 LL, Illnau (bei Effretikon), 520 m, 31.VII. 1996 (two males, slides He 10a/1,2); 12, 9 LL, Oberem- brach (bei Embrach), 620 m, 30.VII.1996 (He 11); 16, 422, Otelfingen (bei Wettingen), 470 m, 14.V1.2002 (He 70) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - XX: 15, Ahlfeld, 30.V. [19]34. E. Handschin (Ba). - 15, Spielwald, 8.VI.1929 (Be). Description Size. Length of pronotum: d 1.98-2.30 (mean 2.11)mm, 2 2.14-2.56 (mean 2.36) mm; length of tegmina: d 9.23-11.05 (mean 9.97) mm, ? 4.55-5.85 (mean 5.19) mm. [n=28Jd, 372%, from 22 localities in Switzerland] Colouration. Male: Head. Apart from the often obscured interocular band (and the ocellar spots) completely dark, blackish. Pronotum. Disk hoof- shaped, posterior corners with slight lateral exten- sions, completely dark (Figs 10g,h). Tegmina. Dis- tinctly and often very darkly mottled, usually with larger dark patches, veinal trunk strongly darkened (Fig. 13b). Female: Pronotum. Disk hoof-shaped, posteri- or corners usually with slight lateral extensions, in most cases completely dark, butrelatively frequently with reddish brown or ochreous lightenings, but never with a striking yellowish reversed y-shaped marking in the middle (Figs 10a-f). Tegmina. Simi- lar as in male (Fig. 13f). Abdomen. T2-6 lightly col- oured margins relatively narrow, no lighter patches in the dark area (Fig. 14G). S2-6 dark area usually at least with two lighter patches, at most with large anterior extensions from the yellow posterior mar- ginal area (Figs 14H,I), but posterior half of sternite never completely yellowish (as occurring in E. Iuci- dus and E. eckerleini). 57 often completely dark (the two latero-posterior patches excepted), lightenings never as extended as in the species just mentioned, larger dark areas remaining (Figs 14K-M). Larva (later stages): Never with whitish patch- es on the metanotum. Male structures. T6: Transversal ridge with me- dian part slightly bent anteriorly (Fig. 7A), bristles of the tergite surface rather long and strong (Fig. 7D). T7: Glandular pit large, broader than the later- al margins of the segment, fairly rounded; posterior contour line strongly curved throughout (Figs 7B,C). Right paraproct: Medio-anterior arm rather small, distal part very narrow, towards the end still fur- ther tapering, curved or angularly bent towards anteriorly (Figs 11D,E). Helmet sclerite: typically helmet-shaped, the well developed neck part angu- larly set off, helmet in lateral view (dorsal in the animal) fairly isodiametric (Figs 9A-D). Female genital structures. Basivalvular sclerites long, strongly converging anteriorly (Fig. 16A). Sper- mathecal plates usually present, sometimes only indicated. Posterior prae-intercalary sclerites nar- row, elongated, weakly pigmented (Fig. 16F). Geographical distribution (Fig. 1). Among the Swiss Blattoptera E. sylvestris is the species with the widest distribution; larger gaps in the distribution visible in Fig. 1 are - apart from regions with high mountains — most likely due to collecting gaps. At most localities the species is found quite frequently. At suitable places it can be found together with any of the other species of the group occurring in Swit- zerland. — The species occurs in all adjacent coun- tries including northern Italy; its distribution reach- es as far as to the Ural in the east. Hoebeke & Nickle (1981) reported the establishment of a population of E. sylvestris in Genova (New York, USA). E. lucidus (Hagenbach, 1822) Figs 2, 7E-H, 9E-H, 11A-C, 14A-F, 16B Ectobius lucidus (Hagenbach, 1822): Bohn 1989: 322, Figs 1a-d, 2a-k, 3g-k, 4a-h, 7d,e, 11a-i, 12a,b, 13a,e, 16. Material studied. Switzerland. —- BE: 13, 1%, Biel, 27.V.1897, Th. Steck; 18, Jura, 24.V.1906, Th.Steck; 19, Jura, Twann, 26.IX.1895, Steck (Ba). - 2 LL, Beatenberg, 10.IV.1940; 12, 1 ©, La Neuveville, Le Gibet, W, 573.9 / 213.3, 590 m, 27.VI1.2000, H. Baur; 15, 12, Ringgenberg, Schurmatta (im Haus )/Fensterbrett, 7.V11.2002, leg. S. Hohler (Be). - 288, Orvin; 22%, 1L, Orvin, VII.1912 (Cf). - 233, Le Landeron, 580-600 m, 18.V11.1983, leg. Baur; 233, Orvin, 800 m, 4.V1.1983, leg. Baur (Ge). - 1G, 222, 2 LL, Garide, 578/215, 3.V.2003, leg. C.Monnerat (Ne). - 18, 522, Brienzer See, Niederried, 600 m, 15.V1. 2002 (male, slide He 78/1); 58, 1322, ex L: 52, Gelter- fingen (am Belpberg), 660 m, 15.V1.2002 (male, slide He 76/1); 18, 12, Liesberg-Station (Laufen — Del&mont), 380 m, 1.V1.2002 (male, slide He 56/1); 388, 722, 3 LL, ex L: 4dd, 629, zw. Orvin & Les Pres d’Orvin, 850 m, 1.V1.2002 (male, slide He 58/1); 18, 522, Thuner See, zw. Längenschachen & Aeschlen, 700 m, 15.V1.2002 (male, slide He 77/1); 788, 429, 1L, ex L: 688, 82%, Twann, 500 m, 2.V1.2002 (male, slide He 59/1) (leg. B.&.H.Bohn, HB). - BL: 13, neotype, Gempen - Stollen, 20.V.1950, E. Handschin; 1%, Liestal, 20.X.1956, H. P. Straumann (Ba). - 12, Schafmatt, 15.VI. (Zü). - GL: 255, 722, Biberlichopf bei Niederurnen, 550 m, 17.V1.2002 (male, slide He 87/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - GR: 265, 222, Chur, Jochstrasse, nachts von Vegetation abgesam- melt, 759.920/ 190.610, 605 m, 15.V.2004, leg. U.S.-BNM; 1L, CH, GR, Malix, Sennereiweg 8, Garten, 759.810/ 186.730, 120 m, 1.V.2004, leg. U.S.-BNM (Ch). - 12, Chur, Fürstenwald, 3.1IX.[19]31, Nadig (Ge). -— 22%, Davoser Tal, Leidboden b. Wiesen, X1.[19]33, Dr. J. P. Wolf; 958, 522, Domleschg, 24./25.V.[19]39, Dr. J. P. Wolf (male, slide Bo 301); 18, Filisur, 5.VII.[19]39, Dr. J. P. Wolf (slide Bo 300); 12, Schmitten [bei] Filisur, 1000 m, 4.X1.[19]34, Dr.Wolf; 12, Schmitten [bei] Filisur, 18.X1. [19]34, Dr. J. P. Wolf (Zü). - 222, Albula-Tal, Brienz — Lenz, 1200 m, 23.V1.2001 (He 38); ex L: 16, 12, Albula- Tal, Surava -— Alveneu, 1000 m, 23.V1.2001 (male, slide He 37/1); 18, 12, 1L, Chur, 750 m, 30.V1.2002 (male, slide He 91/1); 18, 322, ex L: 12, Domleschg, Rothen- brunnen, 700 m, 23.V1.2001 (male, slide He 34/1);53G, 222, Domleschg, Scheid, 1050 m, 23.V1.2001 (male, slide He 36/1); 2853, 1022, 1 L, Filisur, 1080 m, 24.V1.2001 (two males, slides He 39/1,2); 222, Fläsch (bei Bad Ra- gaz), 550 m, 23.V1.2001 (He 33); ex L: 16, Oberhalbstein, zw. Tinizong & Savognin, 1300 m, 24.V1.2001 (slide He 44/1) (leg. B.&.H.Bohn, HB). — NE: 19, Bevaix, 26.Vl. 1927; 1 L, Chambrelien, 12.V1.1927 (Cf). - 1 L, Neuchätel (r. Matile 61), 561.8/205.5, 550 m, lisiere de for6t ther- mophile, 11.-17.11.1990, J.-P. Haenni; 1 L, Neuchätel (r. Matile 61), 561.8/205.5, 550 m, lisiere de for&t ther- mophile, 18.-24.11.1990, J.-P. Haenni; 19, Neuchätel (r. Matile 61), 561.8/ 205.5, 550 m, ch&naie buissonnante, 22.-29.V11.1990, J.P. Haenni; 15, Neuchätel (r. Matile), 262 561.8/205.5, 550 m, lisiere for&t thermophile, a la lu- miere, 1.V1.1993, JP Haenni; 1 L, Neuchätel (Matile 77), Grande Cassarde, 561.9/205.5, 545 m, for&t thermo- phile/lisiere, maison, 20.V.1999, JP Haenni; 12, 10, Neuchätel (Matile 77), Grande Cassarde, 561.9/ 205.5, 545 m, ch@naie thermoph. /lisiere, maison, 7.V1.2002, JP Haenni; 13, Rochefort, Chäteau, 551.350/ 201.750, 780 m, T. Malaise lumineuse, 21.-23.V1.1982, C.Dufour leg.; 1%, Rochefort, Chäteau, 551.350/ 201.750, 780 m, T. Malaise lumineuse, 7.-11.X.1982, C.Dufour leg. (Ne). -38d, 429, ex L: 12, Le Chanet (Le Landeron - Lignieres), 620 m, 2.V1.2002 (male, slide He 60/1) (leg. B.&.H.Bohn, HB). — SG: 12,Tscherlach (bei Walenstadt), 500 m, 17.V1.2002 (He 88) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - SO: 1?, Soloth. Jura, Flüh, 14.VII.[19]49, Dr. J. P. Wolf; 13, Bas. Jura, Hofstet- ten, 8.V.[19]45, Wolf (slide Bo 299); 18, Soloth. Jura, Hofst[etter] K[öpfli], 8.V.[19]45, Dr. J. P. Wolf; 18, Solo- th. Jura, Hofst. K., 27.IV.[19]45, Dr. J. P. Wolf; 12, Soloth. Jura, 14.VIl.[19]46, Dr. J. P. Wolf; 18, Landskron, 8.V. [19]49, Dr. J. P. Wolf (Zü). - 788, 522, 1L, ex L: 288, 622, Flüeberg bei Flüh (bei Hofstetten), 1.VI.2002 (three males, slides He 55/1,2,3); 1?, 1 L, St. Wolfgang bei Balsthal, 600 m, 3.V1.2002 (He 63) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - SZ: 1 L, Gersau, Oberholz, 550 m, BF, X.1979, Rezb. & Herger; Gersau, Oberholz, 550 m, Dr. L. Rez- banyai: 13, L£, 14.VIIIL.1979 (slide Bo 585), 12, Tf, 20.X. 1981, 12, Tf, 10.1X.1982 (Lz). -— TG: 12, Weinfelden, Schloß, 550 m, 14.V1.2002 (He 67) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). — UR: 18, 1422, 6 LL, Vierwaldstätter See, Sisikon, 550 m, 17.V1.2002 (male, slide He 84/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - VD: 1?, Nyon (in Wohnung), 4.V1.1998, Nr. 143, leg. Hagner SA (Be). - 18, Aigle, Weg n. Leysin, 17.V1.[19]27, Dr. Hofmänner (slide Bo 440); 389, 3 LL, Belmont, V1.[19]54, Cl. Besuchet (male, slide Bo 443); (?) 2 LL, Bois de Belmont, 31.VII.[19]41, J. de Beaumont; 18, Bois de Chönes [?], 15.VII.1969, J. Aubert (slide Bo 454); 16, 12, Mormont, V.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet (male, slide Bo 442); 13, Ollon, 29.V.[19]55, Cl.Besuchet (slide Bo 441); 488, 62%, Prangins, V.[19]J55, Cl. Besuchet (male, slide Bo 458; 2 females, slides Bo 674, Bo 675); 233, Prangins, 12.V1.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet (two males, slides Bo 459, 461); 283, Prangins, V.[19]56, Cl. Besuchet (male, slide Bo 460); 1 L, Yverdon, 25.V.[19]55, Cl. Besu- chet (La). -788,1222,1L,exL: 18, 1122, Chassagne bei Bonvillars (bei Yverdon-les-Bains), 550 m, 2.V1.2002 (male, slide He 61/2); 538, 8??, ex L: 12, Eclepens (bei Sarraz), 550 m, 2.V1.2002 (male, slide He 62/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - VS: 18, Außerberg, Mili, 17.V.2000, leg. H. Baur; 389,322, 1, Fully, Les Follateres, 571.6/ 108.0, 620 m, 1.V.2003, leg. H. Baur; 12, Pfinwald, 19.1V.[19]64; 488,12, Stalden, 25./27.V1.[19]09, Steck (male, slide Bo 471); 12, Zermatt, 27.VII.[19]16 (Be). - 15, Chemin, 2.IX.[19]37, Coll. Cerutti (slide Bo 444); 18, Follaterrres, 20.V.1987, R. Delarze; 238, 1 L, Follaterres, Mayen Lo- ton, 1.V1.1987, R. Delarze (male, slide Bo 483); 12, Folla- terres, 16.V1.1987, R. Delarze; 12, Gueuroz, 31.V.[19]38, Coll. Cerutti; 12, Martigny, 10.-24.IX.[19]15, Coll. Cerut- ti; 13, Martigny, 14.VI.1937, Coll. Cerutti; 18, Monta- tuay, 4.VII.[19]16, Coll. Cerutti, (slide Bo 445); 12, Mt. Rosel, 1000 m, 22.VI1.1987, R. Delarze; 13, 1 L, St. Mau- rice, V.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet (male slide Bo 457) (La).- Visperterminen, Brachland, Magerwiese, 635.2/122.6, 1300 m, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 13, Lf, 26.VIII.1995 (slide Bo 586), 12, Tf, 10.IX.1995, 12, L£, 12.X1.1995, 18, Lf, 16.VII.1997 (slide Bo 587) (Lz). -— 12, Leuk: Finges, 614.3/129.1, 600 m, zone pionniere, sables, galets, buis- sons, pins, 9. VIII.1997, JP Haenni (Ne). - 289, 2??, Val- ais (So). — 13, Wallis, [18?]82, Liniger; 15, Leuk — Ro- tafen, 16.V.1996, leg. Merz & Bächli (slide Bo 499); 12, Siders [=Sierre], 26.V.1869; 255, Visperterminen, 1540 m, 17.VI1.1995, leg. B. Merz (male, slide Bo 296), 15, 12, Visperterminen, 1540 m, 19.VI1.1995, leg. B. Merz (male, slide Bo 295); 12, Visperterminen, 1520 m, 20.VI. 1993, leg. B. Merz (Zü). - 6dd, 11??, ex L:1d, 12,1 km WSW Chermignon d’en Bas (bei Sierre), 840 m, 14.V1. 2001 (male, slide He 31/1); 18, 422, Hohtenn, 650 m, 26.V.1996 (He 4); 233, 422, Hohtenn, 650 m, 27.V.1998 (male, slide He 4a/1); 23d, 322, Hohtenn, 900 m, 26.V.1996 (male, slide He 5/2); 284, 6 LL, ex L: 1088, 322, Hohtenn, 1100 m, 26.V.1996 (male, slide He 6/1); 938, 12, 6 LL, ex L: 388, Pfynwald (bei Sierre), 600 m, 25.V.1996 (male, slide He 3/1); 2??, 19 LL, Pfynwald (bei Sierre), 600 m, 6.VIII.1996 (male, slide He 3a); 12, Saillon, 500 m, 25.V.1996 (He 1); 222, 3 LL, Sembrancher (bei Martigny), 800 m, 6.VIII.1996 (He 15); 15, 422, Si- erre, Raspille, 550 m, 25.V.1996 (He 2); 689, 8??, Sierre, Foret de Finges, 580 m, 27.V.1998 (male, slide He 2a/1); 13, 322, Unterstalden (bei Visp), 900 m, 26.V.1996 (male, slide He 7/2); 19,3 _LL, Val de Bagnes, Medieres (bei Verbier), 1250 m, 6.VIII.1996 (He 16); 234, 428, 4LL, 2km E Visp (Visp - Bürchen), 1400 m, 27.V.1998 (male, slide He 28/2); 5 LL, ex L: 25d, Visperterminen, 1450 m, 26.V.1996 (male, slide He 9/3); 288,12, 8LL, ex L: 383, 222, unterh. Visperterminen, 1100 m, 26.V.1996 (male, slide He 8/2) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - ZH: 429, L, Dättlikon (bei Winterthur), 460 m, 31.VII.1996 (He 12); 1 L, Freienstein (bei Embrach), 430 m, 31.VII.1996 (He 13) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - XX: 1%, Hilterf.. [partly unreadable, Hilterfingen?], 11.X.[18]99 (Be). — France. Dpt. Ain: 435, 12, Bellegarde-sur-Valserine, 500 m, 12.V1.2001 (male, slide F 101/1); 1033, 8 LL, ex L: 1438, 5?2, W slope of Mt. Le Gd. Cret d’Eau, above Confort (near Beliegarde-sur-Valserine), 750 m, 12.V1.2001 (male, slide F 102/1); 10 LL, ex L: 6dd, 222, W slope of Mt. Le Gd. Cret d’Eau, above Confort (near Bellegarde-sur-Val- serine),1200 m, 12.V1.2001 (male, slide F 103/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - Dept. Haute Savoie: 439, 4 LL, ex L: 838,522, Sslope of Mont Saleve, above Cruseilles, 850- 900 m, 3.V1.2002 (two males, slides F 104/2,5) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - Italy. Valle d’Aosta: 634, 172?, Valle d’Aosta, W slope of Colle di Joux, Moron, 830 m, 16.V1.2002 (male, slide It 129/1); 438, 222, 1L, exL:1d, 1022, Valle d’Aosta, W slope of Colle di Joux, near Salivod, 1300 m, 16.V1.2002 (It 152); 3 LL, ex L: 2dd, 18, Valle d’Aosta, W slope of Colle di Joux, Amay, 1500 m, 16.V1.2002 (It 185); 18, 12, Valle del Gran Bernardo, Eterno, 1660 m, 6.VIII.1996 (male, slide It 85/1); 83g, 1222, exL: 1%, Valle del Gran Bernardo, Eterno, 1660 m, 6.V111.1996 (male, slide It 128/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). Description Size. Length of pronotum: d 2.30-2.56 (mean 2.43)mm, ? 2.40-2.94 (mean 2.66) mm; length of tegmina: d 10.27-11.70 (mean 10.97) mm, 2 5.92-6.89 (mean 6.41). [n=31dd, 392%, from 24 localities of Switzerland] Colouration. Male: Pronotum. Disk hoof-shaped, posterior corners with slight lateral extensions, from almost completely dark to almost completely light- ly coloured, nearly always with a striking yellowish reversed y-shaped marking in the middle (Figs 11h,i, 12a,b). Tegmina. Distinctly mottled, without larger patches; veinal trunk darkened (Fig. 13a ). Female: Pronotum. Similar as in males. Tegmi- na. Similar as in males but more often with dark patches (Fig.13e). Abdomen. T2-6 with lightly col- oured margins rather broad, not seldom with yel- low patches within the dark anterior area (Figs 14C,D). S2-6 dark area always with yellow patches or with large extensions from the posterior yellow area, in the extreme up to % of the sternite yellow (Figs 14E,F). S7 always with extended lightenings, often only the anterior margin and two posterior patches remaining dark (Figs 14A,B). Larva (late stages): Always with a pair of whit- ish patches in the middle of the metanotum, which, however, may be obscured in darker animals. Male structures. T6: Transversal ridge with me- dian part angularly bent anteriorly (Fig. 7E), bristles of the tergite surface short and weak (Fig. 7H). T7: Glandular pit large, considerably broader than lat- eral margins of the segment, strongly transversal; posterior contour line weakly curved throughout (Figs 7F,G). Right paraproct: Medio-anterior arm rather large, distal part trapezoid to subtriangular, sometimes strongly tapering towards the end and then slightly resembling that in E. sylvestris, which, however, has a much shorter and narrower base (Figs 11A-C). Helmet sclerite: higher than broad, neck part small, not well set off (Figs 9E-H). Female genital structures. Basivalvular sclerites long, anteriorly strongly converging (Fig. 16B). Sper- mathecal plates missing or, rarely, weakly indicat- ed. Posterior prae-intercalary sclerites broad, + oval, strikingly dark (Fig. 16G). Geographical distribution (Fig. 2). The species is widely distributed in Switzerland but is restricted to warm places on southern exposed slopes of hills and mountains. It is completely missing in Tessin and Engadin (southeastern Graubünden) where it is replaced by E. ticinus and E. supramontes, respec- tively. Occurring at altitudes between 400 and 1500 m. E. lucidus is a western European species which is distributed from northern Spain, France, Luxem- 263 burg to Germany, Switzerland and Italy. The east- ern limits of its distribution are at about a longitude of 10°E in Germany (near Ulm, Bohn 2003) and similarly also in Switzerland. Whether it occurs in Austria remains to be clarified; it was absent in some spot-checks taken at the western border of the country near Landeck and at some localities near Innsbruck known for their thermophilic fauna (Tha- ler 1985). In northern Italy the species extends east- ward along the southern Alps in the north, and along the Apennines in the south. In the southern Alps E. lucidus has its eastern limits presumably in the region of Valle d’Aosta at a longitude of about 8° E. In the Apennines it is distributed at least as far as the Abruzzi (Bohn, 1989). Recently, Hoebeke (pers. comm.) has discovered the establishment of a pop- ulation of this species in New York (USA). Ectobius eckerleini Harz, 1977 Figs 3, 8A-E, 10A,B, 11F,G, 15A-L, 16G Ectobius eckerleini Harz, 1977: Bohn 1989: 328, Figs 6e-h, 12c-i, 136,8 Material studied. Switzerland. - VD: 15, Champagne, 17.V1.[19]62, J. Aubert (slide Bo 484); 285, 222, Pran- gins, V.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet (two males, slides Bo 436, 437); 18, Prangins, V.[19]56, Cl. Besuchet (slide Bo 438); 18, 12, Roche, 16.VII.[19]55, Cl. Besuchet (male, slide Bo 439) (La). - 238, 722, Chassagne bei Bonvillars (bei Yverdon-les-Bains), 550 m, 2.V1.2002 (male, slide He 61/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). — VS: 19, Saillon — Fully, 31.V.1936, Coll. Handschin (slide Bo 669) (Ba). — 1485, 922, Fully, Les Follateres, 571.6/ 108.0, 620 m, 1.V.2003, leg. H. Baur (Be). - 285, Follaterres, 7.V.1987, R. Delarze (male, slide Bo 455); 15, 12, Follaterres, 10.V1.1987, R. Delarze (male, slide Bo 456); 15, Follaterres, 21.VI. 1987, R. Delarze; 12, Martigny, 30.V1.1973, J. Aubert (slide Bo 673); (?) 2 LL, 1.1V.1987, Mt. Rosel, R. Delarze; 12, (?) 1 L, Mt. Rosel, 6.V.1987, R. Delarze; 12, Mt. Rosel, 22.V1.1987, R. Delarze; 1?, Mayen Loton, 8.VIl.1987, R. Delarze (La). - 15, Visperterminen, Brachland, Mager wiese, 635.2/122.6, 1300 m, L£, 17.VIII.1999, leg. L. Rez- banyai-Reser (slide Bo 588) (Lz).- 15, Valais (male, slide Bo 668) (So). - 18, Visp, 25.V. (slide Bo 253) (Zü). - 16, 222, Ikm WSW Chermignon d’en Bas (bei Sierre), 840 m, 14.V1.2001 (male, slide He 31/2); 389, 62%, Mont du Rosel (bei Martigny), 450 m, 26.V.1998 (male, slide He 26/2); 222, Val d’Entremont, 2 km SE Liddes, 1550 m, 6.VIII.1996 (He 14); 383, 822, Val d’Entremont, 2 km SE Liddes, 1500 m, 12.VII.1997 (male, slide He 14a/1); 488, 822, 2LL, 2km E Visp (Visp - Bürchen), 1400 m, 27.V.1998 (male, slide He 28/3); 12, 1kmS Visp, 800 m, 14.V1.2001 (He 32); 1233, 622, 4 LL, ex. L: 688, 1422, Visperterminen, 1450 m, 26.V.1996 (four males, slides He 9/1,2,4,5); 18, 822,2 LL, exL: 13, 222, unterh. Visperterminen, 1100 m, 26.V.1996 (male, slide He 8/3) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - France. Dept. Lozere: *2JG, 264 Mende, 12.V1.56, Cl. Besuchet (two males, slides Bo 485, 486) (La). - Dept. Hautes-Alpes: *235, La Faurie, 3.5 km ENE Agnielles, 1000 m, 7.V1.1994, st.3, Haenni J. P. & Dufour C. (male, slide Bo 665) (Ne). — Dept. Ain: 429, W slope of Mt. Le Gd. Cret d’Eau, above Confort (near Bellegarde-sur-Valserine), 750 m, 12.V1.2001 (F 102). — Depts. Drome/Basses-Alpes: *786d, 82%, 1 L, Col de Pigiere (3 km SE Sederon), 970 m, 29.V.1998 (male, slide F 99/2). - Dept. Haute-Savoie: 1039, 22?, ex L: 18, Sslope of Mont Saleve, above Cruseilles, 850-900 m, 3.V1.2002 (three males, slides F 104/1,3,4) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). Description Size. Length of pronotum: d 2.11-2.37 (mean 2.20) mm, 2 2.24-2.53 (mean 2.38) mm; length of tegmina: d 8.79-10.72 (mean 9.79) mm, ? 4.68-5.53 (mean 5.10) mm. [n=26dd, 262%, from 12 localities in Switzerland and France] Colouration. Male: Pronotum. Disk #rounded, ochreous or pale ochreous, without or with various- ly extended brown markings, but never completely dark (Figs 12c-f). Tegmina. Lightly mottled, usually with some rather indistinct patches mainly in the distal % of the tegmina, veinal trunk quite narrowly darkened (Fig. 13c). Female: Pronotum. Disk usually almost com- pletely lightly coloured (ochreous to straw-coloured), indistinctly hoof-shaped, with only small dark spots (Figs 12h-i), occasionally with more extended dark- er markings (Figs 12g, 15C), rarely distinctly hoof- shaped with dark posterior corners (Fig. 15B) or almost completely dark (hazel) (Fig. 15A). Tegmina. Similar as in male, but usually with numerous rela- tively small dark patches, veinal trunk almost with- out darkening (Fig. 13g). Abdomen. Very similar to E. lucidus. T2-6 with quite broad lightly coloured margins (Figs 15D,E), sometimes with lighter patch- es in the dark area. S2-6 at least with light patches within the dark area (Figs 15F,G), often posterior % of the sternite completely yellow (Fig. 15H). 57 al- ways with lightenings in addition to the two latero- posterior patches, quite often only the anterior mar- gin and two posterior patches remaining dark (Figs 15L-L). Larva (late stages): Without or with two rela- tively large fuzzy lighter patches on the metano- tum. Male structures. T6: Transversal ridge with me- dian part moderately bent anteriorly (Fig. 8A); bris- tles of the tergite surface rather long and strong, the lateral edges of the tergite with densely arranged short but strong bristles giving them the appear- ance of being serrate (Figs 8D,E). T7: Glandular pit very large, considerably broader than the lateral margins of the segment, broadly transversely oval; posterior contour line forming a rather wide bow with the lateral ends strongly curved anteriorly; along the posterior margin of the pit with unusually long and dense bristles (Figs 8B,C). Right paraproct: Medio-anterior arm similar as in E. lucidus, but with a short lateral incision between the proximal and distal part, the latter fairly triangular, often with a striking domelike elevation (Figs 11F,G). Helmet sclerite: extremely high and narrow, almost gutter- shaped, neck part insignificant (Figs 10A,B). Female genital structures. Basivalvular sclerites long and strongly converging anteriorly (Fig. 16C). Spermathecal plates missing. Posterior prae-inter- calary sclerites relatively large and dark, oval or more longitudinal, sometimes quite similar as in E. lucidus. Geographical distribution (Fig. 3). Occurring in southwestern Switzerland in the cantons Waadt and Wallis. Hitherto, the species was only known from the Locus typicus, Montagne de Lure in the Dpt. Basses Alpes in France. This paper contains further reports from the Dpts. Ain, Haute Savoie, Lozere, and Drome/Basses Alpes showing that the species has a more extended distribution also in France. The species can be found together with E. lucidus and E. sylvestris at the same localities. Ectobius ticinus, spec. nov. Figs 3, 4A-E, 5A-M, 8F, 10E-G, 11K, 12A-K, 16A,H Holotype: 3, Switzerland, Graubünden, Sta. Maria in Calanca, 950 m, 16./17.V1.2002, leg. B. & H. Bohn (com- pletely on three slides, He 79/1) ZMS. Additional material. Switzerland. — GR: 13, bei Casta- segna, Bergell, 900 m, 2.V11.1950, E. Sutter (slide Bo 317) (Ba). - 15, Bergell, Dr. Killias (slide Bo 652); 15, Misox, Dr. Killias (slide Bo 653) (Ch). - 338, 422,1 L, same data as holotype (two males, slides He 79/2,3); 433, 822, Val Bregaglia, unterh. Soglio, 900 m, 24.V1.2001 (three males, slides He 41/1,2,3); 285, 322, ex L: 18, 32%, Val Bregaglia, Soglio, 1200 m, 24.V1.2001 (male, slide He 42/1); 222, 1L,ex_L: 12, Val Calanca, Grono — Buseno, 2 km östl. Grono, 600 m, 17.V1.2002 (female, slide He 80/3) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). — TI: 13, Novaggio, Val Musggio [?], 5.VII.[19]56, leg. H. P. Straumann (slide Bo 318) (Ba). - 43d, Mosogno, [V.] Onsernone, 22.V11.[19]62 (male, slide Bo 470) (Be). — Castel S. Pietro, Obino, Waldrand, 530 m, LF, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 33d, 11.- 20.V1.1991, 333, 21.-30.V1.1991, 233, 1.-10.VII.1991, 18, 11.-20.V1.1992 (slide Bo 570), 14, 21.-30.V1.1992, 388, 11.- 20.V1.1993, 233, 1.-10.VII.1993; 18, Dalpe, Bedrina, Hochmoor/torbiera, 702.5/148.8, 1230 m, Lf, 19.VII. 2000, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser (slide Bo 581); 19, Gordevio, [Saleggio,] 300 m, LF, 1.-10.VII.1979, Imhoff & Rezbanyai (slide Bo 582); 13, Lugano, Mt. Bre-Ost, [Ca’Gina,] 835 m, LF, 21.-30.V1.1986, Rezbanyai-Reser (slide Bo 580); Medeglia-Ost, Val d’Iseo, 718.5/108.1, 700 m, LF, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 238, 21.-30.VI. 2000 (male, slide Bo 572), 233, 1.-10.VII.2000, 18, 1.-10. VM.2000, 13, 21.-31.VII.2000; 18, Meride (West), Fon- tana, 595 m, LF, 1.-10.VII.1993, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser (slide Bo 566); 13, Meride (Ost), S. Antonio, 580 m, LF, 11.-20.VI1.1991, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser (slide Bo 568); Meride, Serpiano, Wald, 715.7/85.65, 630 m, LF, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 15, 1.-10.V1.1995, 68, 21.-30.V1.1995, 3dd, 1.-10.VN.1995, 238, 11.-20.VIL.1995, 13, 21.-31.VII. 1995, 288, 1.-10.VI.1996, 438, 11.-20.VI.1996, 238, 21.- 30.V1.1996, 433, 11.-20.VII.1996 (male, slide Bo 562), 18, 21.-31-VII.1996, 13, 11.-20.VII.1996, 333, 1.-10.V1.1997 (male, slide Bo 563); Monte Generoso, Cragno, [Alpe di] Pree, 960 m, LF, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 13,11.-20.V1. 1994, 15, 21.-30.V1.1994, 238, 11.-20.VII.1994, 13, 21.-31. VII.1994 (slide Bo 577); [Monte Generoso,] Cragno, Alpe di Pree, 721.9/84.2, 960 m, LF, Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 13, 21.-30.V1.1995, 233, 21.-31.VIL.1995, 233, 1.-10.VII. 1996; 13, M. Generoso, Cragno, Strada Cragno, 721.0- 721.9/84.1-84.4, 860-920 m, Tagfang, leg. Dr. L. Rezba- nyai-Reser; M. Generoso, Muggiasca, Costa Stangada, 722.2/85.7, 1060 m, Lichtfang, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Re- ser: 18, 18.VI1.1998 (slide Bo 578), 238, 2.VIII.1998; 18, M. Generoso, Somozza, Scereda, 720.1/83.85, 950 m, Lichtfang, 28.V1.1998, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser (slide Bo 579); 185, [M. Generoso,] Somazzo, Toretta (Ost), 590 m, LF, 1.-10.VI1.1987, L.Rezbanyai-Reser; 23J, Mt. Generoso, Valle della Giascia, Zoca, Nadelwald, 1040 m, Lf, 11.VII.1994, leg. L.Rezbanyai-Reser; M. Generoso, Valle della Giascia, Zoca, Nadel-Laubmischwald, 720.6/ 84.4, 1040 m, Lichtfang, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser: 234, 25.V11.1997, 13, 22.VII.1997, 438, 28.VI.1998 (male, slide Bo 576), 18, 17.V11.1998, 288, 1.VII.1998; 18, Tesserete, Gola di Lago, Betuletum, 718.15/ 107.1, 975 m, Lf, 30.VI1.2000, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser (slide Bo 474) (Lg). - 15, Mairengo, 900 m, T. Malaise lumineuse, 25. V1.-1.VI.1979, C.Dufour, W. Geiger (slide Bo 662) (Ne). -1LL, Piora, Wiese, 920 m, 24.VIl.[19]84, leg. W. Sauter; 13, Mergoscia paese, a. L., 3.VII.[19]77 (slide Bo 500) (Zü). -4?2, Bellavista am Südabhang des Mte. Genero- so, 1150 m, 30.V1.2002 (female, slide He 89/1); 822,2 LL, Mte. Gambarogno, A. di Neggio, 1400 m, 8.VIII.1996 (He 19); 388, 822, 2 LL, ex L: 388, 222, Mte. Gambarogno, A. di Neggio, 1400 m, 12.VI1.1997 (male, slide He 19a/ 1); 3dd, 922, Südabhand des Mte. Generoso, 1350 m, 30.V1.2002 (male, slide He 90/1); 233, 422, Valle Leven- tina, Faido - Molare, 1000 m, 11.VII.1997 (male, slide He 21/1); 12, 1L, Valle Leventina, Faido — Molare, 1500 m, 11.VII.1997 (female, slide He 22/1); 18, ex L: 1?, Valle Leventina, Faido — Molare, 1300 m, 11.VIl.1997 (male, slide He 23/1); 12, Vellano (bei Giubiasco, Bellinzona), 800 m, 8.VIII.1996 (female, slide He 18/3); 17, Vellano (bei Giubiasco, Bellinzona), 800 m, 11.VIl.1997 (He 18a) (leg. B. &H. Bohn, HB). - VS: 12, Gondo, 8.X.[19]54, Dr. J. P. Wolf (slide Bo 655); 12, Gondo, 9.X.[19]54, Dr. J. P. Wolf (Zü). - 448, 12, 4 LL, ex L: 3dd, Gondoschlucht, Gabi, 1250 m, 13.V1.2003 (male, slide He 92/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - Italy. Piemonte: 439, 229, 10 LL, exL: 788, 522, Arvogno (N Santa Maria Maggiore, Val 265 Vigezzo), 1250 m, 13.V1.2003 (male, slide It 173/1); 588, 1L,exL:1%, Finero (5 km SE Malesco, Val Vigezzo), 850- 950 m, 12.V1.2003 (male, slide It 172/1); 1388, 1822, 5 LL, ex L: 13, 222, Lago Maggiore, 4 km NW Cheggio/ Trarego-Viggione (NW Cannero), 1200 m, 12.V1.2003 (male, 4 females, slides It 170/1-5); 288, 5?2, Lago Maggiore, Pian d’Arla (2.5 km W Il Colle, W Cannero), 1300 m, 12.V1.2003 (male, slide It 171/1); 1438, 122%, 13 LL, ex L:23d, 422, Panorama Zegna (N Biella), Bochetta di Stavello, 1200 m, 14.V1.2003 (male, slide It 180/1); *118d, 822, 3 LL, Panorama Zegna (N Biella), Bochetti- na Sessera, 1400 m, 15.V1.2003 (male, 2 females, slides It 181/ 1-3); 788, 1622, 2 LL, O, Passo La Colma (10 km E Varallo), 940 m, 14.V1.2003 (male, slide It 177/1); 1188, 1422, 12 LL, ©, ex L: 288, 222, Val di Antrona, btw. Antronapiana & Cheggio, 1150 m, 13/14.V1.2003 (male, slide It 175/1); 388, ex L: 38d&, A422, Val di Antrona, Cheggio, 1500 m, 14.V1.2003 (male, slide It 176/1); 235, 522,7 LL, ex L: 12, Val Formazza, 3 km N Foggiano, 1150 m, 13.V1.2003 (male, slide It 174/1); 388, 728, ©, Valsesia, Balmuccia, 500 m, 14.V1.2003 (male, slide It 179/1); 1488, 522, 17 LL, ex L: 488, 229, Valsesia, Rima, 1400 m, 14.V1.2003 (male, female, slides It 178/ 1-2) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). Etymology. The species is named after the river Ticino, the drainage area of which is the center of its distribu- tion. Description Size. Length of pronotum: d 2.11-2.50 (mean 2.31) mm, 2 2.24-2.75 (mean 2.52) mm; length of tegmina: d 10.27-12.28 (mean 11.39) mm, 2 5.07-6.50 (mean 5.90) mm. [n=445d, 3922, from 24 localities in Switzerland and Italy] Colouration. Male: Pronotum. Disk hoof-shaped, posterior corners with slight lateral extensions, from almost completely dark brown, with only minimal lightenings, to almost completly lightly coloured (ochreous), usually with quite contrasting pattern (Figs 5A-D). Tegmina. Distinctly and often rather darkly mottled, rarely with larger patches, veinal trunk strongly darkened (Fig. 4A). Abdomen. Tergites rather dark, posterior lightenings often quite nar- row, median light longitudinal band often rather distinct, causing a very contrasting colouring espe- cially on T7 (Fig. 5H). Female: Pronotum. Disk hoof-shaped, posteri- or corners usually with slight lateral extensions, but sometimes also without (Fig. 12D), completely dark brown or variously lightened to a rather contrasting pattern, often with a striking yellowish reversed y-shaped marking in the middle of the disk (Figs 12A-E). Tegmina. Similar as in male, but more often with larger patches and often darker (Figs 4C,D). 266 Abdomen. T2-6 with rather narrow lightly coloured margins, no other lightenings. 52-6 similar to tergites, lightening at posterior margin often indistinct or missing. S7 often without lightenings except at late- ro-posterior margins, at the most about % of the surface lightened (Figs 12H-K). Characteristic in minimally lightened specimens is a pair of light patches near the anterior apodemes, not found in other species (arrow in Fig. 12T). Larva (late stages): Always with a pair of whit- ish patches in the middle of the metanotum (Fig. 16K). Male structures. Tegmina usually surpassing the abdomen considerably. T6: Transversal ridge with median part weakly bent anteriorly, bristles of the tergite surface rather long and strong (Figs 5F, 8F). T7: Glandular pit in shape similar as in E. sylvestris, but considerably smaller, not broader than the later- al margins of the tergite, in outline fairly rounded; posterior contour line strongly curved throughout (Figs 5G-K). Right paraproct: Medio-anterior arm lightly pigmented, proximal part rather narrow, sep- arated laterally by a deep incision from the distal part, which forms a long, gradually tapering tongue with cut (Fig. 11K) or more acute tip. Helmet scler- ite: not helmet-shaped, forming a low, flat mound, +oval in outline (Figs 10E-G). Phallomeres: Not differing remarkably from other species ofthe group. Right phallomere with interconnected R3 and cleft sclerite (Fig. 10E). Left phallomere with endophal- lus apodeme and hook (for the natural arrangement and orientation of the phallomeres see Fig. 1b). Hook consisting of a long shaft with a trough over its full length, a short stalk, and a claw with a well devel- oped membraneous velum (Figs 5L,M). Female genital structures. Basivalvular sclerites relatively short, not strongly converging anteriorly (Fig. 16D). Spermathecal plates missing. Posterior prae-intercalary sclerites relatively large, oval or rectangular, not strikingly dark (Fig. 16H). Geographical distribution (Fig. 3). Distributed in the southern Alps in between Valle d’Aosta and Lake Como, at altitudes of 300-1400 m. In Switzer- land mainly occurring in Tessin but touching also Wallis at its eastern border (near Gondo) and Graubünden (Grisons) at its western border (val- leys of Mesocco and Bergell). In the eastern part of its distribution area, mainly in Tessin, there is some overlapping with the distribution area of E. sylves- tris; both species can be found together at the same localities. Ectobius supramontes, spec. nov. Figs 3, 4F-K, 6A-M, 8G, 9C,D, 11H,1, 13A-K Holotype: 3, Switzerland, Graubünden, Unterengadin, zw. Scuol & Ftan, 1430 m, 5.V1l.2001, leg B. & H. Bohn (completely on 3 slides, He 49/2) ZSM. Additional material. Switzerland. — GR: 15, S.N.P., I Fuorn, Laborfenster, Licht, 1800 m, 26.VIII.[19]63, W. Eglin (slide Bo 319); 13, Schuls, Straße nach Fetan, Handschin (slide Bo 316) (Ba). -— 222, S.N.P., Ardez, Steinsberg, 1525 m, 16.VIIl.[19]34, Dr. Hofmänner (fe- male, slide Bo 646); 12, S.N.P., Fuorn, a. Piceazapfen, 16.VIII.[19]34, Dr. Hofmänner (slide Bo 648); 18, S.N.P., Larscheida, 1800 m, Wiesen, 17.VII.[19]34, Dr. Hofmän- ner (slide Bo 645); (?) 2 LL, S.N.P., Livignoweg, Scheitel, 1800 m, unt. Nadeln, 14.VI1l.[19]34, Dr. Hofmänner; 12,0, S.N.P., Praspöl, 1695 m, Wiesen, 23.VII.[19]27, Dr. Hofmänner (slide Bo 647); 12, S.N.P., V. Cluozza, 1900 m, unt. Legföhre, 21.VIII.[19]38, Dr. Hofmänner (slide Bo 649); 19, Tarasp, Dr. Killias (slide Bo 644) (Ch). — 12, Sta. Maria, Münstertal, 15.1X.[19]30, Nadig (slide Bo 650) (Ge). — 18, Il Fuorn, 20.VI1.[19]49, J. de Beaumont (slide Bo 449); 12, Il Fuorn, V1.[19]52, J. Aubert; 18, P.N., Val Fruz [?], 15.V1l.[19]51, J. Aubert (slide Bo 450); 18, Pradatsch, V. Scarl, 18.VII.[19]51, J. Aubert (slide Bo 448); 13, Val Sesvenna, 1900 m, 19.VII.[19]55, Cl. Besu- chet (slide Bo 447) (La). - 14, 12, Val Müstair, Lü, Nord- westrand (Lü Daint), 823.8/168.2, 1950 m, Lf, 13.VIIl. 1999, leg. Dr. L. Rezbanyai-Reser (male, slide Bo 589) (Lz). - 383, Samedan, Wiese, 1860 m, 19.VII.[19]88, leg. W. Sauter (2 males, slides Bo 297, 788); 15, Samedan, Geröll, 1830 m, 20.V11.[19]88 (slide Bo 249); 1?, Same- dan, Steppe, 1720 m, 19.VI1.1989, leg. W. Sauter (slide Bo 661) (Zü). - 18, 422, 3 LL, ex L: 238, Il Fuorn, 1820 m, 5.V11.2001 (male, slide He 47/1); ex L: 15, 17, Oberenga- din, zw. La Punt & Bever, 1700 m, 24.V1.2001 (male, slide He 40/2); 253, 222, Unterengadin, Martina, 1060 m, 5.VII.2001 (male, slide He 48/1); 738, 1122, same data as holotype (three males, slides He 49/1,3,4); 783, 628, 2LL,exL:42?, Unterengadin, Susch, 1480 m, 5.VII.2001 (male, slide He 50/1); 388, 622, 1 L, Val Poschiavo, Piazzo, 950 m, 6.VII.2001 (male, slide He 52/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). — Italy. - Lombardia: 13, Mte. Legnone, W-Grat, 1550 m, 23.VII.[19]63, leg. Nadig, Coll. Harz (slide Bo 598) (Ge). — *1d, Mte. Pari [= Cima Pari, near Riva del Garda ?], Tirol.m. (slide Bo 597) (Sammlung KOFLER). — 1055, 422, 2 LL, Alpi Orobie, SE slope of Passo di S. Marco, 1530 m, 29.V1.2002 (male, slide It 140/1); 2138, 1522, 20 LL, ex L: 684, 622, Alpi Orobie, 2 km ENE Passo del Vivione (Malonno - Schilpario), 1700 m, 29.V1.2002 (male, slide It 135/1); 233, 422, Alpi Orobie, Ronco (Schilpario — Barzesto), 1100 m, 29.VI. 2002 (male, slide It 136/1); 953, 9??, ‘Bergamo’, Passo della Crocetta (Gorno - Serina), 1250 m, 29.V1.2002 (male, slide It 138/1); 383, 722, 5 LL, Isolaccia/ Valdi- dentro (near Bormio), 1350 m, 3.VII.2003 (male, slide It 186/1); *13, 12, 4 km SW Passo di Nota (W Lago di Garda), 950 m, 28.V1.2002 (male, slide It 130/1); 83%, 1022, 14 LL, ex L: 15, 622, Passo della Foppa (Grosio - Monno, NE Edolo), 1800 m, 3.VI1.2003 (male, 4 females, slides It 188/1-5); *33d, 12, 6 LL, ex L: 18, 222, 2 km WNW Passo di Nota (W Lago di Garda), 1350 m, 28.V1.2002 (male, slide It 131/1); 1033, 222, Poiro (near Civo, Morbegno), 1100 m, 6.VII.2001 (male, slide It 127/1); 12,5 LL, ex L: 422, 2 km E Ponte di Legno (NE Edolo), 1600 m, 4.V11.2003 (female, slide It 189/1); 638, 722, Valtellina, Fusino (NW Grosio), 1200 m, 3.VII.2003 (male, slide It 187/1); 18, 12, Val Camonica, btw. Astrio & Prescarzo (near Breno), 700 m, 28.V1.2002 (male, slide It 134/1); 588, 522, 3 LL, Valle del Caffaro, 1 km NNE Valle Dorizzo, 1250 m, 28.V1.2002 (male, slide It 133/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). - Trentino-Alto Adige: *933, ex L: 388, S slope of Monte Penegal (near Bozen), 1600 m, 4.V11.2003 (male, slide It 191/1); *23d, 422, 3LL, Schnalstal, Vernagt Stausee, 1700 m, 4.VII.2003 (male, slide It 192/1); *12, Val d’Algone, 800-900 m, 20.VII. 2003 (female, slide It 202/1); *13, Val d’Ambiez, 850 m, 20.VII. 2003 (slide It 201/1); *18, 722, 2 LL, ©, Val di Sole, btw. Castello & Menas (WSW Male), 1400 m, 4.V11.2003 (male, slide It 190/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). — Austria. Tirol: 13, Serfaus, 1500 m, 2.V11.2003 (slide A 58/1) (leg. B. & H. Bohn, HB). Etymology. The species name refers to its occurrence high up in the mountains. Description Size. Length of pronotum: d 2.05-2.34 (mean 2.19) mm, 2 2.14-2.56 (mean 2.39) mm; length of tegmina: 3 7.41-9.88 (mean 9.11) mm, 2 4.62-5.85 (mean 5.23) mm. [n = 3934, 352%, from 16 localities in Switzerland and Italy] Colouration. Male: Pronotum. Disk more or less rounded or with only indicated posterior cor- ners, usually lightly coloured (orange-ochreous) with weak and small darker markings, rarely with ex- tended and strong darkenings, as a rule much light- er coloured than E. ticinus (Figs 6A-D). Tegmina. Lightly mottled, without larger patches, veinal trunk moderately darkened (Fig. 4F). Female: Pronotum. Disk hoof-shaped, posteri- or corners without lateral extensions, often com- pletely dark or variously lightened, usually with less contrasting pattern than in E. ticinus. Tegmina. Distinctly mottled, often with larger patches, veinal trunk strongly darkened (Figs 4H,I). Abdomen. T2-6 with rather narrow lightly coloured margins, no other lightenings. 52-6 similar to tergites, lighten- ing at posterior margin often missing. 57 often with- out lightenings except at latero-posterior margins, at most with not much more than about % of the surface lightened (Figs 13H-K). Characteristic in specimens with lightened T7 are the whitish anteri- or apodemes and surroundings, not found in other species (arrows in Figs 13H-K). Larva (later stages): Usually without (Fig. 16L), but exceptionally also with a pair of small whitish patches in the middle of the metanotum. 267 Male structures. Tegmina shorter than in E. tici- nus, sometimes scarcely reaching the end of the abdomen. T6: Transversal ridge with median part only weakly bent anteriorly (Fig. 6F); bristles of the tergite surface rather long and strong (Fig. 8G). T7: Glandular pit distinctly transversal, broader than lateral margins of the tergite; posterior contour line usually forming a wide bow, with the lateral ends rather strongly curved anteriorly (Figs 6G-K). Right paraproct: Medio-anterior arm similar as in E. tici- nus, but distal part shorter, triangular to crescent- shaped with an acute tip. Helmet sclerite: not hel- met-shaped, forming a low and flat mound, fairly oval in outline (not different from E. ticinus) (Figs 10C,D). Phallomeres: Similar as in E. ticinus (Figs 6L,M). Female genital structures. Basivalvular sclerites as in E.ticinus relatively short, not strongly converg- ing anteriorly (Fig. 16E). Spermathecal plates miss- ing. Posterior prae-intercalary sclerites narrower than in E. ticinus, elongated (Fig. 161). Remarks. In some cases the differences in the shape of the glandular pit between E. ticinus and E. supra- montes may not be as clear as shown in Figs 5G,H and 6G,H; the two species also show some overlap in the size of the pits (Tab. 1). In these cases consid- eration of additional features such as are length of tegmina and structure of the right paraproct should allow an unequivocal determination. Geographical distribution (Fig. 3). In Switzerland the species is restricted to the southeastern part of Graubünden, the Engadin, along and south of the river Inn. In the valley of the Inn it also reaches Austria (near Serfaus). The species has its widest distribution in the southern Alps of Italy reaching from Lake Como in the west up to the river Adige in the east, including also the Vinschgau (Schnalstal). E. supramontes is a high montane species inhabiting altitudes between 700 m and 1900 m; it is rarely found below 1000 m. — At the northern and eastern borders of its distribution there is a narrow zone of overlapping with the distribution area of E. sylves- tris where both species may be found together at the same localities. Discussion The glandular pit of T7 in males has- since Ramme’s pioneering work (1923) successfully continued and improved by Failla & Messina (1978) - turned out to be an indispensible means for the discrimination of Ectobius (and Phyllodromica) species. In the sylves- tris-group, unfortunately, the differences in the struc- 268 ture of the pit are rather small. The great morpho- logical similarities on the one hand, and the high variability in colouration on the other hand make the discrimination of the species of this group even in the male quite difficult, not to speak of the still much more problematic females. The discovery of additional distinguishing fea- tures —- such as the helmet sclerite and the para- procts in males and the genital sclerites and colour- ation in females - now allow a very reliable deter- mination of males and, in most cases, also of females. Moreover, comparison of the structures mentioned also allow conclusions about the phylogenetic rela- tionships of the species. The various shapes of the helmet sclerite can be arranged quite well in a con- tinuous series suggesting the following relation- ships: sylvestris + (lucidus + (eckerleini + (ticinus + supramontes))). The possession of some kind of a spermathecal plate in E. sylvestris can be considered as a primitive character. The sister group relation- ships of the last three taxa also get support from the structure of the right paraproct: the medio-anterior arm has a lateral incision, short in E. eckerleini, much deeper, however, in E.ticinus and E. supramontes. The similarities in the shape of the basivalvular sclerites may be considered as another synapomor- phy of the latter two species. These preliminary conclusions, of course, need confirmation by amore extended cladistic analysis including also the Iberi- an species and all available structures. The distribution of the species is in good agree- ment with the assumed relationships. E. sylvestris inhabits almost the whole Europe north of the lati- tude of about 45° (with the exception of the British Isles and possibly also of Norway). E lucidus is a more southern and western species reaching not further than to the longitude of 10° in the west (eastern end of Lake Constance). The distribution of the other species is still more restricted. The areas of E. eckerleini, E. ticinus and E. supramontes follow each other from the west to the east. This sequence might reflect the direction of a former spreading in con- nection with a splitting of species. The distribution of some of the species of the sylvestris-group is remarkable: E. lucidus, E. ticinus and E. supramontes have separate distribution areas, and the same is also true for E. eckerleini and the latter two species. The distances between the adja- cent areas is not very great. Considering the restrict- ed mobility of the species in which only the males are able to fly, and the geographic situation in the regions in question with chains of high mountains as effective migration barriers, the occurrence of several species in separate areas should not be as- tonishing. Seemingly unsurmountable altitudes, in- deed, separate the areas of E. eckerleini and E. ticinus (Simplon, Nufenen and Furka Pass) as well as those of E. lucidus and E. supramontes (Julier, Albula and Flüela Pass). But slightly more to the south no such geographical barriers can be found between the ar- eas of E. lucidus and E. ticinus, and between those of E. ticinus and E. supramontes. One might ask whether the separation of the species is maintained by interspecific competition which does not allow their coexistence at one place. On the other hand, other species of the group can obviously coexist quite well. E. sylvestris, for exam- ple, may be accompanied by any of the other four species, especially frequently by E. lucidus: very of- ten - in Switzerland as well as in Germany -the two species can be found together at the same locality. The separation of the distribution areas as it appears now might, however, be a sampling arte- fact. The localities, especially in northern Italy, are not that densely arranged to exclude the possibility of an overlapping of the areas. Much more sam- pling has to be done to clarify the distribution of the species of this group in Italy, but also in southern France and in Austria. Acknowledgements I wish to thank the following curators of Swiss museums for their kindness in providing me with material from their collections: Armin Coray (Basel); Hannes Baur (Bern, formerly Zürich); Marcel S. Jaquat (La Chaux-de- Fonds), Ulrich E. Schneppat (Chur); Hermann Blöchlin- ger (Frauenfeld); Charles Lienhard and Peter Schwen- dinger (Geneve); Anne Freitag and Sandra Knispel (Lausanne); Ladislaus Reser (Luzern); Jean-Paul Haenni (Neuchätel); Elsa Obrecht (Solothurn); Marion Schmid and other members of the staff of the Entomologische Sammlung der ETH (Zürich). I am especially obliged to L. Vidlicka and L. Reser for their kind permission to read their still unpublished paper and to make use of perti- nent material (Vidlicka & Reser, in press). I am grateful to Alois Kofler (Linz) for making his collection available to me. K.-D. Klass (Museum für Tierkunde Dresden) has kindly studied the structure of the praeparaprocts of Ectobius species and communicated his interpretations. My thanks also go to Jens M. Bohn (ZSM) for his mani- fold help in computer technics, to Teresa M. Saks for proof reading the manuscript, and, last but not least, to my wife Barbara for accompanying me on many of the collecting excursions. The work was done at the Department Biologie II der Universität München. I am very grateful to W. Gabriel (Evolutionsökologie) and S. Diehl (Aquatische Ökologie) for their generous support in providing me with room and the facilities of the Department after my retirement. References Baur, H. & A. Coray (2004). A revision of the Blattodea, Ensifera and Caelifera described by H. Fruhstorfer. — Rev. suisse Zool. 111(3) Baur, H., I. Landau, G. Müller, M. Schmidt & A. Corav (2004). Taxonomie der Bernstein-Waldschabe Ecto- bius vittiventris (A. Costa, 1847) (Blattodea: Blattel- lidae) und ihre Verbreitung in der Schweiz. - Rev. suisse Zool. 111(2): 395-424 Bohn, H. 1989. Revision of the Sylvestris Group of Ecto- bius Stephens in Europe (Blattaria: Blattellidae). — Ent. Scand. 20: 317-342 -— 2003 Verzeichnis der Schaben (Blattoptera) Deut- schlands. - Entomofauna Germ. 6: 47-53 Failla, M. C. & A. Messina 1978. Struttura della fossetta ghiandolare dei maschi delle specie italiane di Ecto- bius Steph. (Blattaria, Ectobiidae). - Animalia 5: 357-394 Fruhstorfer, H. 1921. Die Orthopteren der Schweiz und der Nachbarländer auf geographischer sowie oe- kologischer Grundlage mit Berücksichtigung der fossilen Arten. — Arch. Naturgesch. 87A(5): 1-262 Harz, K. 1976. Ordnung Blattoptera. In: Harz, K. & A. Kaltenbach: Die Orthopteren Europas. 3: 169-305. The Hague Hofmänner, B. 1951. Die Geradflügler (Dermaptera und Orthoptera) des Schweizerischen Nationalparkes und der angrenzenden Gebiete. — Ergebn. wiss. Unters. schweiz. Nationalparks 3(N.F.): 241-311 Hoebeke, E. R. & D.A. Nickle 1981. The forest cockroach, Ectobius sylvestris (Poda), an European species new- ly discovered in North America (Dictyoptera: Blat- todea: Ectobiinae). — Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 83(4): 592-595 Landau, I., H. Baur, G. Müller & M. Schmidt 2000. Zur Verbreitung und Taxonomie von Ectobius vittiven- tris (Costa) (Blattoptera: Ectobiidae) in der Schweiz. - Mitt. Schweiz. Entom. Ges. 73: 179-180 Princis, K. 1965. Ordnung Blattariae (Schaben). In: Beier, M. (ed.): Bestimm. Büch. Bodenfauna Europ. 3: 1-50. - Akademie-Verlag, Berlin Ramme, W. 1923. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie des Blattidengenus Ectobius Steph. Arch. Naturgesch. 89A (7): 97-145 Thaler, K. 1985. Über die epigäische Spinnenfauna am Xerothermstandort des Tiroler Inntales (Österre- ich) (Arachnida: Aranei). — Veröff. Mus. Ferdinan- deum Innsbruck 65: 81-103 Vidlicka, DL. & L. Rezbanyai-Reser (in press). Neuere Angaben zur Schabenfauna der Schweiz (Blattaria, Blattellidae: Ectobius). - Mitt. Schweiz. Entom. Ges. 269 "PUELIOZAMG UT S115307Äs '7 Jo vonngLysIq "L "314 270 -(£007) uyog ur z ‘314 995 Aueun1on ur uonngLAgsIp SM 107 /punoJ uaag 794 Jou sey snpion] '7 eLgsny u] ‘papıdap eaıe ayy Jnoygnoayy paynqıysıp aq Aew samads ayı /pajage] sayıfe9o] ayy Je Ajuo auop sem FuN>9]]09 »dueay uf -Ajeyy pue »ueı,g Jo sed unsyynos Jusselpe ayy ur pue puej1szyimg ur snpion] ‘7 Jo uoynqugsig] "7 "314 FEN AUuN Ta z snpion] snıg0)93 ® er a "nedypsur\ 3y} Zurpnpur 'aBıpy JOALL AU} pue epı1en) 3987] Se 18} se Zurypeo1 }seo ay ur sayuoumıdns 7 Jo uoyngLYsIp oyL 'UOWST 3e7] Jo yINoS Apemadsa ‘souerg ur vonngLNsIp Papuayxa 310uL e OAey JyStuu 1419]49990 °7 "ergsny pue ’Ajey] ‘souerg Jo suo1391 uIaynos Jusdelpe ay pue pueplozyimg ut sapuowmidns ‘7 pue snu1o1} ‘7 '119]40999 °7 FO UOHNgEISIC] "€ "Sg saluoweldns ® snumn © > ıuıel1oy99 W > sig, —,/T 272. TEE % SER ei 3 nu. A ET , .. ud“ ai E G 2 mm Fig. 4. Wings of the new species. A-E. E. ticinus. F-K. E. supramontes. Males (A,B,F,G), females (C-E,H-K), tegmina (A,C,D,F,H, I), hind wings (B,E,G,K). Same scale for all figures. Identification: He 79/1, holotype (A,B), It 170/4 (C, E), It 170/5 (D), He 49/2, holotype (F,G), It 189/1 (H), It 188/4 (I), It 188/2 (K). Fig. 5. E. ticinus, male structures. Pronotum (A-D), T5 (E), T6 (F), T7 (G,H), glandular pit of T7 (LK, arrow points to posterior contour line), hook of left phallomere (L, posterior end on top), claw of hook (M). el claw, sh shaft, st stalk, ttrough, v velum. Same scale for (A-D), (E-H, L) and (I,K). Identification: He 79/3 (A), He 79/1, holotype (B,E-G,I), He 90/1 (D), He 41/3 (H,K), He 79/2 (L), It 174/1 (M). Fig. 6. E. supramontes, male structures. Pronotum (A-D), T5 (E), T6 (F), T7 (G,H), glandular pit of T7 (I,K), hook of left phallomere (L, posterior end on top), claw of hook (M). t trough, v velum. Same scale for (A-D), (E-H,L), and (I,K). Identification: It 201/1 (A), It 134/1 (B), It 140/1 (C), He 49/2, holotype (D,E-G,I,L,M). mc O3PLI JesıaAsue. 9yJ 07 Jurod smone UL (II) ZL Jo Ad zepnpueJ3.‘(g’ — wur g'0 \ q -9) €/SG 9H (a-V) P/ge aH :uogesyyuap] (Y’a’)) pur (4 9) (q‘V) 107 afeds aweg 'g], Jo ) ZU (H’Q) 9.150 urSeuu yo] (g’V) 9L 'snpion] 7 'g-g s147500JÄs '7 'Q-V Sayı3ıay afepy ‘2 Zrq 276 F G Fig. 8. Male tergites. A-E. E. eckerleini. F. E. ticinus. G. E. supramontes. T6 (A), left margin of T6 (D-G; D,E same er specimen in different focus), T7 (B), glandular pit of T7 (C). Same scale for (A,B) and (C-G). Identification: He 28/3 (A-E), He 42/1 (F), He 49/2, holotype (G). aid 0.1mm E Fig. 9. Male subgenital plate (S9) and helmet sclerite. A-D. E. sylvestris. E-H. E. lucidus. Subgenital plate with helmet sclerite in fairly natural position (A,E), helmet sclerite in more detail (B-D, F-H). Dorsal view except for B (ventral view), posterior end on top. a anterior apodemes of the subgenital plate, h helmet sclerite, s (left) stylus; parts of the right phallomere: R3 sclerite, cs cleft (both removed in A); left phallomere: e endophallic apodeme (hook removed). Same scale for (A,E) and (B-D,F-H). Identification: Bo 564 (A), It 123/2 (B,C), It 111/2 (D), He 4a/1 (E), He 55/1 (F), He 55/2 (G), He 56/1 (H). 278 Fig. 10. Male subgenital plate (S9) and helmet sclerite. A-B. E. eckerleini. C-D. E. supramontes. E-G. E. ticinus. Subgen- ital plate with helmet sclerite in fairly natural position (A,C,E), helmet sclerite in more detail (B,D,F,G). Dorsal view, posterior end on top. For abbreviations see preceding figure. Same scale for (A,C,E) and (B,D,F,G). Identification: He 28/3 (A), F 104/3 (B), He 49/1 (C), He 49/4 (D), He 79/1, holotype (E), He 79/2 (F), It 173/1 (G). 279 G u Fig. 11. Male paraprocts and praeparaprocts. A-C. E. lucidus. D-E. E. sylvestris. F-G. E. eckerleini. H-I. E. supramon- tes. K. E. ticinus. (A,B) last abdominal segment showing paraprocts and praeparaprocts of both sides; (C-K) only right paraproct or part of it shown. In three cases the same structures are photographed twice with different focussing: (A,B), (F,G), and (H,I). Ventral view. c cercus, pr praeparaproct, T10 tergite 10; paraproct parts: ap medio-anterior arm, cp central part, sp spine (only on the right), pp medio-posterior arm. Arrow in (B) points to border between distal (on top) and proximal part of the medio-anterior arm, in G, Tand K to an incision between these two parts. Same scale for all figures. Identification: Bo 457 (A,B), He 55/3 (C), He 80/2 (D), It 123/2 (E), F 104/4 (F,G), He 49/4 (H,]), It 170/1 (K). 280 ‘(1) 8/08 ?2H /(H) 1/68 32H 3) Z/0ZLH Na) m uU [ ( c Molly '(M’I’H) Z5 \9) SS /181 31 (OD) E/021 a (D’4’g) F/Ir OH (V) Z/8ZI 4 :uone. (Sl | ‘(I-y) wnJouol] 'sojlui (M) L/081 )yNUOPL 'ssandıy [je ur 9feas HuLeg ’/S Jo SSurusJyst] ISLIODE. 1] >]s pue soyldıa] jeuruopge pue wınyouoıd Jo unaped ın0[09 ‘sopeway ’snuD 7 "TE "314 | 28 (M-H) ur smouy (M’TH) ZS 4 ( d 4 (D E/SSTH (a) 7/2811 (H’I’a) €/Z8L u ‘OI’a) F/ssL HD) E/08L H A) 7/88T 1 ‘V) L/68T M :uoyesyyuap] 'saındy} [fe 107 afeas Jureg ‘/g Jo sZurus}yst] IysLoperey> 07 Jurod (9) SS 9) SL (q-V) wnouorg 'sofru1sjs pue SS}1315} [euruuopge pue umjouoıd jo urayed uoyeinofo9 ’sopewag /soyuoumudns ‘7 "EL "314 uruı 282 (Ww) 159 09 1) 659 09 {M) 2/07 H “M) 7/28 ?H ‘(H) L/0Z 9H 9) 1/SZ »H a’a) F/TE 2H (aD) F/ss OH “A) S/SS aH ‘(V) F/SS 2H "uonesyuuap] 'saundy opeas aues “(TAI 2S (HI er Te, S l # m: i 1 > wur] Adiyc Tal = n | ®, Alert. w I) SS 4 (3 4 (D 2/Pz a 1) 8/rz a H) #/s7 a (Da Ss/sza MIO) z/erL 3H (a’a’a) 2/F0L A ‘(V) 9/F0L I :uoyesyguap] 'saınay [fe 107 a) SL (D’g’v) wnouomg 'sanUu1a]s pue S9]13.15} [Jeuruopge pue um}ouoıd Jo sursyed uoye.ınofoa ’sapewy ‘1110719499 '7 "SL ‘314 284 H lmm Fig. 16. A-I. Females, dorsal complex of genital sclerites, posterior end on top. (A-E) Complete structure, ventral view; (F-I) detail, dorsal view, arrows pointing to the prae-intercalary sclerites. b basivalvular sclerites, c cercus, f valvifer II, g gonangulum (laterosternite 9), i intercalary sclerite (weakly sclerotized), p paraproct, pt paratergites 8,9,s spermathecal plate, v valvesofovipositor. K-L. Larvae (last stage), colouration ofthoracalnota. A,F.E.sylvestris. B,G. E. lucidus. C. E. eckerleini. D,H,K. E. ticinus. E,I,L. E. supramontes. Same scale for (A-E), (F-T), and (K,L). Identification: He 87/2 (A, F), He55/5 (B), F99/4 (C), It 181/2 (D), It 187/2 (E), He 55/4 (G), It 178/2 (H), It 202/1 (D), It 180/3 (K), It 181/3 (L). 285 Buchbesprechungen 74. Bräunicke, M. & J. Trautner: Die Laufkäfer der Bo- denseeufer. Indikatoren für naturschutzfachliche Bedeutung und Entwicklungsziele. “Bristol-Schrif- tenreihe” Bd. 9 — Verlag Paul Haupt, Bern. 116 S. zahlr. Karten u. Farbabb. ISBN 3-258-06507-1 Laufkäfer gelten seit längerer Zeit schon als eine der wichtigsten Zeigergruppen für Umweltzustand und Veränderungen. Diese liegt wohl einerseits daran, daß ihre Systematik - jedenfalls bei uns — recht gut bekannt ist, andererseits sind sie mit relativ einfachen Methoden in Anzahl und repräsentativ zu erfassen, und schließlich ist es vermutlich eine der Insektengruppen, von denen wir am meisten über ihre Biologie, also Verhalten, An- sprüche an die Umwelt, Fortpflanzung, Lebenszyklen u.a. wissen. Das haben wir eben solchen Autoren wie denen dieses Bändchens zu verdanken, die rastlos die Laufkäferfauna Baden-Württemberss in all ihren Fakto- ren erforschen. Zahlreiche andere Bundesländer könn- ten sich übrigens daran ein Beispiel nehmen! Der Bodensee und seine nähere Umgebung bietet sich für eine solche Studie an, weil er mit seinen Ufern eine Reihe von seltenen (oder selten gewordenen) Habi- taten umfaßt, deren Fauna in den letzten Jahren stark zurückgegangen ist, sei es, daß Umweltzerstörung das ihre getan hat, sei es auch, daß es sich um Eiszeitrelikte handelt, die sowieso im Rückzug begriffen sind und dabei durch die Klimaerwärmung der letzten Jahre noch zusätzlich beeinflußt werden - aber diese kann man zum Teil ja ebenfalls unter Umweltzerstörung subsummie- ren! Ein kurzes einleitendes Kapitel befaßt sich daher auch mit Laufkäfern als Indikatoren. Dann folgt eine gründliche Vorsteliung des Untersuchungsgebietes und der Vegetation der verschiedenen Habitate sowie der angewandten Methoden. Im Hauptteil werden die Lauf- käferfaunen der verschiedenen Ufertypen behandelt, wo- bei eine Reihe von wichtigen, also seltenen oder besonders charakteristischen Arten noch gesondert behandelt wird. Das abschließende Kapitel widmet sich der Bewertung der Ergebnisse für die naturschutzfachliche Arbeit und gibt Ausblicke und Anregungen für zukünftige Pflege bzw. Renaturierung gefährdeter Uferzonen. Artenlisten, Verzeichnisse der Probestellen und eine recht ausführli- che Bibliographie beschließen diesen sehr informativen Band, der - und das soll besonders hervorgehoben wer- den - reich mit Verbreitungskarten und sehr guten Fotos von Uferzonen, ihrer Vegetation und den verschiedens- ten Laufkäfern bebildert ist. Man bekommt somit einen guten Eindruck von dem Reichtum an sehr verschiede- nen Habitaten und ihrer Laufkäferfauna. Eine gelunge- nen Studie, zu empfehlen sowohl allen Käferfreunden, wie allen, die mit Naturschutz in jeglicher Form befaßt sind oder sich auch nur dafür interessieren. M. Baehr 286 75. Gaulke, M.: Naturreiseführer Philippinen. — Natur und Tier Verlag, Münster, 2001. 4165. ISBN 3-931587- 39-8 Wer die Inselwelt des faszinierenden Archipels der Phi- lippinen mit der Sichtweise eines Naturfreundes besu- chen möchte und auch vor Ort sich über das Erlebte zu informieren sucht, der ist mit diesem Reiseführer aus der Reihe der Naturreiseführer sehr gut bedient. Zunächst liefert dieses Bändchen, das verständlicherweise nur ei- nen Teil der Inseln behandeln kann, allgemeine Hinwei- se zur Geographie. In ihrer Tier- und Pflanzenwelt sind diese durchaus unterschiedlich, was auf die gegenseiti- ge, aber auch die meeresbedingte Beeinflussung des Pa- zifik und des Südchinesischen Meeres zurückzuführen ist, ebenso wie auf die Besiedlungswellen aus unter- schiedlichen Regionen, wie auch von den anderen gro- ßen südostasiatischen Inseln. So weisen besonders die Großinseln eine Vielfalt an Regionen verschiedenster Ausprägung auf, was seinen Niederschlag in der ab- schließenden Vorstellung ihrer Lebensräume findet, dabei unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Nationalparks. Die Geologie zeigt, daß die Philippinen ihren Ur- sprung dreier Platten und ihrer Verschiebung und dem damit einhergehendem Vulkanismus verdanken, wobei heute noch aktive Vulkane auf einer Verbindungslinie von Luzon im Norden nach Mindanao im Süden zu finden sind. Neben den Eruptivgesteinen bilden ausge- dehnte Kalkformationen mit Höhlen und oberirdischen Einbrüchen die Grundlage für die Vegetation. Sie zeigt gemeinsam mit der Fauna, daß diese Inselgruppe zu den artenreichsten Regionen der Erde gehört und eine Fülle von Endemiten aufweist. So durchzieht neben anderen die berühmte Wallace-Linie diese Inseln, die großräumi- ge biogeographische Regionen voneinander abgrenzt. Im Hauptteil des Führers werden die Pflanzen nach ihren Vegetationseinheiten vom Mangrovewald bis zur Montan- und Nebelwaldstufe vorgestellt. Auch die Kul- turlandschaften und die Probleme nach der Abholzung, wenn sich auf Grund der Bodenbeschaffenheit kein Se- kundärwald einstellt, finden im Kapitel zur Umweltsitua- tion Raum. Es folgt der umfangreiche Teil, der die Fauna vorstellt, beginnend mit den Säugetieren in systemati- scher Reihung und endend mit dem Lebensraum Koral- lenriff. Bedauerlicher-, aber auch verständlicherweise werden die wirbellosen Tiere nur exemplarisch an weni- gen Beispielen vorgestellt. Den Abschluß dieses Reise- führers bilden Hinweise zu Land und Leuten sowie all- gemein touristische Hinweise. Jedem der Kapitel ist ein Verzeichnis weiterführender Literatur beigefügt. Für den Naturfreund und Entdeckungsreisenden in Sachen Na- tur ist dieser Führer für die Inselwelt der Philippinen eine besonders wertvolle Hilfe und Einstiegslesestoff. E.-G. Burmeister Buchbesprechungen 76. Hildebrand, M. & G. E. Goslow: Vergleichende und funktionelle Anatomie der Wirbeltiere. - Springer- Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 2004. 709 S. ISBN 3-540-00757-1 (deutsche Ausgabe) Im englischsprachigen Raum ist “der Hildebrand”, der bereits 2001 in seiner 5. Auflage erschienen ist, ein Stan- dardwerk in Bezug zur Anatomie und Funktionsmor- phologie der Wirbeltiere. Die hier vorliegende deutsche Übersetzung von Frau Dr. Distler, die in einigen Punk- ten neuere Erkenntnisse einbaut und deutsche Literatur- hinweise hinzugefügt hat, besitzt gute Voraussetzun- gen, diesen Stellenwert auch in der Lehre des Zoologie- studiums im deutschsprachigen Raum einzunehmen. Die vorgestellten Fakten der vergleichenden Anatomie der Organsysteme sind besonders anschaulich erklärt und mit zahlreichen Beispielen belegt. Die verbindende Aus- sage orientiert sich allerdings nicht am konsequent phy- logenetischen System dieser Tiergruppe. Diese Lücke wird inzwischen durch ein anderes Werk geschlossen und beide gemeinsam erfassen die Wirbeltiere sowohl anatomisch wie auch stammesgeschichtlich erschöpfend. Im 1. Teil wird allgemein die Morphologie der Vertebra- ta vorgestellt, wobei zunächst die Klärung der Begriffe und das Ziel der morphologischen Untersuchung im Vordergrund steht. Diesem folgt die Vorstellung der Tiergruppen nach klassischen systematischen Zuordnun- gen unter Einbeziehung der morphologischen Muster. Den Hauptteil nimmt die Evolution der Organsysteme auch in der Zeit ein. Beginnend mit der frühen Ontoge- nese über die Struktur des Integuments, der Zähne, des Kopf- und Körperskeletts, der Muskeln und ihrer beson- deren Funktion etwa als elektrische Organe, das Coelom und die Coelothelien, Verdauungssystem, Atmung und Statische Organe wie die Schwimmblase, Kreislaufsys- tem, Exkretionssystem, Fortpflanzungsorgane, Nerven- system von den peripheren Nerven bis zum Gehirn, Sinnesorgane und abschließend die endokrinen Drüsen. Diesem folgt der Abschnitt zur Strukturellen Adaptati- on als Evolution in Verbindung zu Lebensweise und Habitat. Dabei wird über die Mechanik bis hin zur Ener- getik und Nahrungsaufnahme der Bezug zwischen der dokumentierten Bewegung und dem Ablauf der Einzel- faktoren bis zur so komplexen Vorgängen wie dem Flie- gen, Gleiten, Klettern, Schwimmen und Tauchen herge- stellt. In jedem Kapitel sind Exkurse eingefügt, die sehr anschaulich die Problemkreise darstellen. Kapitelweise angehängt ist das weiterführende Literaturangebot. Bedauerlicherweise läßt die Qualität der vielfach origi- nalen Halbtonabbildungen zu wünschen übrig. Das Sach- verzeichnis am Ende macht die Suche nach der gesuch- ten Funktionsanalyse leichter, das Glossar gibt Aufklä- rung über die Begriffsvielfalt. Diesem vorangestellt ist noch ein Kapitel zur Präparationstechnik. E.-G. Burmeister 77. Dettner, K. & W. Peters (Hrsg.): Lehrbuch der Ento- mologie, 2. Auflage. - Spektrum Akademischer Ver- lag, Heidelberg, Berlin, 2003. 936 S. ISBN 3-8274- 1102-5 Überraschend bald nach der ersten Auflage dieser Zu- sammenfassung der Insektenkunde war eine zweite not- wendig, was an die Reproduktionsgeschwindigkeit, aber auch an die Anzahl der Insekten erinnert. Der gesamte Text wurde überarbeitet und vor allem aktualisiert. In- nerhalb von 3 Jahren haben sich zahlreiche neue Er- kenntnisse ergeben, die in diese vorliegende Auflage integriert wurden. Allein im molekularen Bereich konn- te die gesamte Sequenz des Genoms von Drosophila mela- nogaster, der Malariamücke Anopheles gambiae und des durch sie übertragenen Malariaerregers Plasmodium ana- lysiert und publiziert werden. Die neue Ordnung der Mantophasmatodea hat weltweit für Aufsehen gesorgt, obwohl die Tiere bereits als Fossilien bekannt, aber nicht entsprechend zugeordnet waren. Auch wurden die po- tentiellen Artenzahlen immer wieder neu formuliert und die Erfahrungen aus den Tropen in ein neues Gefüge- umfeld gestellt, was nicht zuletzt dazu führte, die zu erwartenden Artenzahlen deutlich nach unten zu korri- gieren. Diese Entwicklungen zeigen nicht nur die unge- meine Fülle an Informationsgehalten in dieser Tiergrup- pe, sondern auch die Kreativität der zahlreichen Ento- mologen bei der Erschließung dieser faszinierenden Merkmale, Funktionen, Verhaltensäußerungen etc. So wurden im vorliegenden Band das Kapitel über die Ge- netik der embryonalen Musterbildung neu eingefügt und das des Atemsystems und Hämolymphe/ Hämolymph- transport vollständig neu bearbeitet. Das System wurde ebenso aktualisiert, wobei jedoch bei der phylogeneti- schen Betrachtung auf das Lehrbuch zur Speziellen Zoo- logie (Dathe 2003) verwiesen wird. Neu eingebrachte Abbildungen und Tabellen zeugen von den Anregun- gen zahlreicher Entomologen, welche die Herausgeber und Autoren dadurch in vielen Punkten unterstützt ha- ben. Die 27 Kapitel behandeln die verschiedenen Organ- systeme, wobei Anatomie und Physiologie ineinander- greifen, die Fortpflanzung, soziale Insekten, Koevolu- tion von Insekten und Pflanzen, Insekten und ihre Freßfeinde, entomophage Insekten, Leuchtvermögen, Beziehung zu Mikroorganismen als Symbionten bis zu deren Anwendung zur Beherrschung von Kalamitäten, medizinische Entomologie, biologisch-chemische Schäd- lingsbekämpfung, Regulationsmechanismen der Popu- lationsdichte, Tiergeographie, Systematik und eine Übersicht über die Vielfalt dieser erdbeherrschenden Tiergruppe. Es ist besonders tragisch, daß der Mither- ausgeber, Prof. Werner Peters, das Erscheinen der 2. stark erweiterten Auflage dieses vorzüglichen Lehrbuches der Entomologie nicht mehr erleben konnte. E.-G. Burmeister Buchbesprechungen 78. Westheide, W. &R. Rieger: Spezielle Zoologie; Teil 1: Einzeller und Wirbellose Tiere; Teil 2: Wirbel- und Schädeltiere. - Spektrum Akademischer Verlag, Heidelberg, Berlin, 2004 (Teil 1: korr. und ergänzter Nachdruck der 1. Aufl. 1996; Teil 2:1. Aufl.). 919 und 712 S. ISBN 3-82274-1482-2 und 3-8274-0307-3 25 namhafte Spezialisten der unterschiedlichen Tiergrup- pen konnten gewonnen werden, den ersten Teil dieses herausragenden Lehrbuches der Speziellen Zoologie zu gestalten. Dabei ist es gelungen, nicht nur einen Abriß über die Tiergruppen, eingebunden in ein heute ge- bräuchliches, aber nicht fixiertes System, zu präsentie- ren, sondern auch ein Nachschlagewerk zu schaffen, das sicher für Lehrende wie Lernende des Studienganges Biologie genutzt werden wird. Dabei ergaben sich im Vergleich zu früheren Lehrbüchern einige grundlegen- de Änderungen, die den neueren Untersuchungen insbesondere der Ultrastrukturforschung Rechnung tra- gen. So werden hier nicht nur die äußere Anatomie, sondern auch die Cytologie und Histologie besonders einbezogen und verständlich erläutert. Hilfreich sind dabei besonders die zahllosen Abbildungen sowohl der Details, wobei vielfach rasterelektronenmikroskopische Aufnahmen besonders ins Auge fallen, als auch abstra- hierende Zeichnungen. All diese morphologischen Merk- male dienen der Hinführung zu einem Bauplan und dessen Modifikationen. Diese machen es möglich, Ver- wandtschaftsbeziehungen leichter zu erkennen. Völlig neu ist die Einteilung der ehemaligen “Protozoa”, die in ein aktuelles System der einzelligen Eukaryonten einbe- zogen werden. Die systematische Stellung der Gruppen wird belegt, wobei erste Schnellschüsse im System wie die Etablierung der Ecdysozoa (Nemathelminthes + Ar- thropoda) keine Erwähnung mehr finden. Andererseits haben sich hier Erkenntnisse der letzten Jahre hinsicht- lich der Interpretation und Zuordnung niedergeschla- gen. Für die vorgestellten Taxa werden einzelne, vor allem heimische Arten vorgestellt, die wirtschaftlich, ökologisch, medizinisch oder funktionsmorphologisch von besonderer Bedeutung sind. Der zweite Teil, der die Wirbeltiere umfaßt und an dem 32 Autoren mitgewirkt haben, beginnt mit einer Einführung in die Organsysteme und Körperregionen der Wirbeltiere. Dabei werden besonders auch funkti- onsmorphologische Aspekte berücksichtigt. Im speziel- len Teil werden die einzelnen Untergruppen detailliert und durch zahlreiche eindrückliche Abbildungen stüt- zend vorgestellt. Dabei werden höhere Taxa durch ein- zelne Arten vorgestellt, die phylogenetisch, ökologisch, ethologisch oder wirtschaftlich besonders bedeutend sind. Hauptaugenmerk liegt dabei auch bei heimischen Arten. Dieser neu erstellte Band gemeinsam mit dem 1. Teil, der bereits 1996 erstmals erschienen ist, liefert einen fast erschöpfenden Einblick in die faszinierende Tier- 288 welt, deren verwandtschaftliche Beziehungen unter Ein- beziehung phylogenetischer Analyse, und ist ein Lehr- buch von besonderem Wert. Dieses kann auch durch Recherchen im inzwischen gebräuchlichen Medium In- ternet nicht ersetzt werden und sollte auch vom Umfang her keinen zoologisch Interessierten abschrecken. E.-G. Burmeister 79. Storch, V. & U. Welsch: Systematische Zoologie, 6. Auflage. - Spektrum Akademischer Verlag, Heidel- berg, Berlin, 2004. 853 S. ISBN 3-8274-1112-2 Bemerkenswerterweise werden vermehrt Lehrbücher angeboten, deren Inhalt die Grundlagendisziplin der Systematischen Biologie und hier im Speziellen der Zoo- logie ist, obwohl diese in den Lehrplänen der Universitä- ten zunehmend durch andere Fachgebiete verdrängt wird. Dieser Stellenwert beruht nicht auf der mangeln- den Fachkompetenz der Lehrenden sondern auf dem mangelnden Ressourcenverschleiß nach dem Motto: was nichts kostet, kann auch nichts wert sein. Erst durch Hinzuziehung teurer moderner Methoden zur Auffin- dung zusätzlicher Merkmale wird der Stellenwert wieder gehoben. So ist es der unermüdliche Einsatz der “Syste- matiker”, die Vielfalt der Organismen und deren stam- mesgeschichtlicher Verwandtschaft weiterhin im Be- wußtsein der Studierenden und damit der Universitäten als Lehranstalten zu etablieren. Inzwischen werden ohne Vorbehalte in die Systematik neben morphologischen alle verfügbaren Merkmale wie physiologische, moleku- larbiologische, entwicklungsbiologische und ethologi- sche eingebracht. Morphologie, die Entdeckung neuer Tiergruppen und deren Detailbearbeitung, Molekular- biologie und Paläontologie haben in den letzten Jahren für die Systematik viele neue Erkenntnisse erbracht, die nicht nur das Spektrum der Detailkenntnisse erweiter- ten, sondern auch allgemeine Prinzipien deutlich wer- den ließen. Viele von ihnen konnten in die vorliegende Neuauflage aufgenommen werden. Neben der Vorstel- lung der Tiergruppen in ihrer systematischen Stellung sind in diesem Standardwerk auch viele Lebensbilder enthalten, die Lebensräume und ihre Bewohner vorstel- len, so daß dem Benutzer nicht der Blick für die komple- xen Biozönosen verloren geht, die vielfach Motor evolu- tiver Prozesse sind. Neu aufgenommen wurden auch elektronische Fotos, die Merkmale z.T. auch im Ver- gleich verdeutlichen. Die Diskussion um die Stellungen verschiedener Gruppen im System oder deren Aufspal- tung auch unter Berücksichtigung moderner phylogene- tischer Verfahrensweisen wird weitgehend vermieden. Dennoch ist dem Studierenden hier ein Buch an die Hand gegeben, das Morphologie der zahllosen Tiergrup- pen vermittelt und in ein klassisches System einbaut. E.-G. Burmeister SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet € 60. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mitglieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von € 25,50 beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is € 60 or any internationally convertible currency in the value of € 60. Supplements are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members of the “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal at the reduced rate of € 25.50. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfassung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassung ist der Arbeit voranzustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Bei- trages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von ? und & sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5" Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblen Computern, eingereicht werden. Die Texte sollten möglichst als WINWORD-Datei abgegeben werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mit ihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung muß bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors: The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side of the paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstract should precede the paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations must be enclosed separately. The total text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, if present) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) and tabs (only for tables !). Instead of ? and d use ‘#f' and ‘#m’ or any other combinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles. WINWORD-files are preferred. The publication of this journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive no payment. The authors will receive 1 copy of the part ofthe volume in which their paper appears. Reprints must be ordered when the proofs are returned. 68. € 95,-; 69. € 80,-; 70. GBP 60.99; 71.€ 60,-; 72. € 49,-; 73. GBP 67.-; 74. € 24,-; 75. € 24,80; 76. € 59,95; 77. € 69,95; 78. € 149,-; 79. € 49,95. SMITHSON anllUlnalN Hi München, 01. November 2004 SPIXITANA 193-288 ISSN 0341-8391 INHALT - CONTENTS Seite Sanamayan, K. & D. Schories: Ascidians from Peru ..........uuseessersenseernnrnnrsnennnennrnnnnnnnnnnennenn 193-197 Haupt, J. & G. Schmidt: Description of the male and illustration of the female receptacula of Yamia watasei Kishida, 1920 (Arachnida, Araneae, Theraphosidae, Selenocosmiinae)).....usarsrsesser arena Breraasnn naar TREE TE ee ae ge 199-204 Baehr, M.: The genus Lebia Latreille in the Australian-Papuan Region (Insecta, Coleoptera, GCarabidae, Eebiimae)r. 2... nase need 205-246 Baehr, M.: A new species of the genus Aristolebia Bates from Thailand, with notes on some Papuan and Australian species (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, "Lebiinae)=...... een 247-251 Bohn, H.: The Blattoptera fauna of Switzerland and the adjacent regions of France, Italy and Austria I. The species of the sylvestris-group of ' Ectobius (Blattellidae, Eetobiinae)e mn nn unse 253-285 Büchbesprechungeninrzessseeersnsnteppsieseerstandescpesianens neh ERLLELHR UL SEEBETEREE Eee EErereerreree 198, 252, 286-288